blob: 40fc51146aa80161c79ef110148a191ba63f27c1 [file] [log] [blame]
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001//===---- TargetInfo.cpp - Encapsulate target details -----------*- C++ -*-===//
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// These classes wrap the information about a call or function
11// definition used to handle ABI compliancy.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +000015#include "TargetInfo.h"
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000016#include "ABIInfo.h"
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000017#include "CGCXXABI.h"
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000018#include "CodeGenFunction.h"
Anders Carlsson15b73de2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000019#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Mark Laceya8e7df32013-10-30 21:53:58 +000020#include "clang/CodeGen/CGFunctionInfo.h"
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +000021#include "clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.h"
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +000022#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
Chandler Carruthffd55512013-01-02 11:45:17 +000023#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
24#include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +000025#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +000026
27#include <algorithm> // std::sort
28
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000029using namespace clang;
30using namespace CodeGen;
31
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +000032static void AssignToArrayRange(CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder,
33 llvm::Value *Array,
34 llvm::Value *Value,
35 unsigned FirstIndex,
36 unsigned LastIndex) {
37 // Alternatively, we could emit this as a loop in the source.
38 for (unsigned I = FirstIndex; I <= LastIndex; ++I) {
39 llvm::Value *Cell = Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Array, I);
40 Builder.CreateStore(Value, Cell);
41 }
42}
43
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +000044static bool isAggregateTypeForABI(QualType T) {
John McCall47fb9502013-03-07 21:37:08 +000045 return !CodeGenFunction::hasScalarEvaluationKind(T) ||
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +000046 T->isMemberFunctionPointerType();
47}
48
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000049ABIInfo::~ABIInfo() {}
50
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000051static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(const RecordType *RT,
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000052 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) {
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000053 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
54 if (!RD)
55 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default;
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000056 return CXXABI.getRecordArgABI(RD);
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000057}
58
59static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(QualType T,
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000060 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) {
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000061 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
62 if (!RT)
63 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default;
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000064 return getRecordArgABI(RT, CXXABI);
65}
66
67CGCXXABI &ABIInfo::getCXXABI() const {
68 return CGT.getCXXABI();
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000069}
70
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +000071ASTContext &ABIInfo::getContext() const {
72 return CGT.getContext();
73}
74
75llvm::LLVMContext &ABIInfo::getVMContext() const {
76 return CGT.getLLVMContext();
77}
78
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +000079const llvm::DataLayout &ABIInfo::getDataLayout() const {
80 return CGT.getDataLayout();
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +000081}
82
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +000083const TargetInfo &ABIInfo::getTarget() const {
84 return CGT.getTarget();
85}
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +000086
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000087void ABIArgInfo::dump() const {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +000088 raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +000089 OS << "(ABIArgInfo Kind=";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000090 switch (TheKind) {
91 case Direct:
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +000092 OS << "Direct Type=";
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +000093 if (llvm::Type *Ty = getCoerceToType())
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +000094 Ty->print(OS);
95 else
96 OS << "null";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000097 break;
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +000098 case Extend:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +000099 OS << "Extend";
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +0000100 break;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000101 case Ignore:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000102 OS << "Ignore";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000103 break;
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000104 case InAlloca:
105 OS << "InAlloca Offset=" << getInAllocaFieldIndex();
106 break;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000107 case Indirect:
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000108 OS << "Indirect Align=" << getIndirectAlign()
Joerg Sonnenberger4921fe22011-07-15 18:23:44 +0000109 << " ByVal=" << getIndirectByVal()
Daniel Dunbar7b7c2932010-09-16 20:42:02 +0000110 << " Realign=" << getIndirectRealign();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000111 break;
112 case Expand:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000113 OS << "Expand";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000114 break;
115 }
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000116 OS << ")\n";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000117}
118
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000119TargetCodeGenInfo::~TargetCodeGenInfo() { delete Info; }
120
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +0000121// If someone can figure out a general rule for this, that would be great.
122// It's probably just doomed to be platform-dependent, though.
123unsigned TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException() const {
124 // Verified for:
125 // x86-64 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin
126 // x86-32 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin
127 // PowerPC Linux, Darwin
128 // ARM Darwin (*not* EABI)
Tim Northover9bb857a2013-01-31 12:13:10 +0000129 // AArch64 Linux
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +0000130 return 32;
131}
132
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +0000133bool TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args,
134 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const {
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +0000135 // The following conventions are known to require this to be false:
136 // x86_stdcall
137 // MIPS
138 // For everything else, we just prefer false unless we opt out.
139 return false;
140}
141
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +0000142void
143TargetCodeGenInfo::getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
144 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const {
145 // This assumes the user is passing a library name like "rt" instead of a
146 // filename like "librt.a/so", and that they don't care whether it's static or
147 // dynamic.
148 Opt = "-l";
149 Opt += Lib;
150}
151
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000152static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000153
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +0000154/// isEmptyField - Return true iff a the field is "empty", that is it
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000155/// is an unnamed bit-field or an (array of) empty record(s).
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000156static bool isEmptyField(ASTContext &Context, const FieldDecl *FD,
157 bool AllowArrays) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000158 if (FD->isUnnamedBitfield())
159 return true;
160
161 QualType FT = FD->getType();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000162
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000163 // Constant arrays of empty records count as empty, strip them off.
164 // Constant arrays of zero length always count as empty.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000165 if (AllowArrays)
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000166 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
167 if (AT->getSize() == 0)
168 return true;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000169 FT = AT->getElementType();
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000170 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000171
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000172 const RecordType *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>();
173 if (!RT)
174 return false;
175
176 // C++ record fields are never empty, at least in the Itanium ABI.
177 //
178 // FIXME: We should use a predicate for whether this behavior is true in the
179 // current ABI.
180 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()))
181 return false;
182
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000183 return isEmptyRecord(Context, FT, AllowArrays);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000184}
185
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +0000186/// isEmptyRecord - Return true iff a structure contains only empty
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000187/// fields. Note that a structure with a flexible array member is not
188/// considered empty.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000189static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000190 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000191 if (!RT)
192 return 0;
193 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
194 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
195 return false;
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000196
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd42411f2011-05-17 02:17:52 +0000197 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000198 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000199 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases())
200 if (!isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true))
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd42411f2011-05-17 02:17:52 +0000201 return false;
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000202
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000203 for (const auto *I : RD->fields())
204 if (!isEmptyField(Context, I, AllowArrays))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000205 return false;
206 return true;
207}
208
209/// isSingleElementStruct - Determine if a structure is a "single
210/// element struct", i.e. it has exactly one non-empty field or
211/// exactly one field which is itself a single element
212/// struct. Structures with flexible array members are never
213/// considered single element structs.
214///
215/// \return The field declaration for the single non-empty field, if
216/// it exists.
217static const Type *isSingleElementStruct(QualType T, ASTContext &Context) {
218 const RecordType *RT = T->getAsStructureType();
219 if (!RT)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000220 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000221
222 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
223 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000224 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000225
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000226 const Type *Found = nullptr;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000227
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000228 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
229 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000230 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000231 // Ignore empty records.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000232 if (isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true))
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000233 continue;
234
235 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element struct.
236 if (Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000237 return nullptr;
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000238
239 // If this is non-empty and not a single element struct, the composite
240 // cannot be a single element struct.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000241 Found = isSingleElementStruct(I.getType(), Context);
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000242 if (!Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000243 return nullptr;
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000244 }
245 }
246
247 // Check for single element.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000248 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000249 QualType FT = FD->getType();
250
251 // Ignore empty fields.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000252 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000253 continue;
254
255 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element
256 // struct.
257 if (Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000258 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000259
260 // Treat single element arrays as the element.
261 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
262 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() != 1)
263 break;
264 FT = AT->getElementType();
265 }
266
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +0000267 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(FT)) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000268 Found = FT.getTypePtr();
269 } else {
270 Found = isSingleElementStruct(FT, Context);
271 if (!Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000272 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000273 }
274 }
275
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000276 // We don't consider a struct a single-element struct if it has
277 // padding beyond the element type.
278 if (Found && Context.getTypeSize(Found) != Context.getTypeSize(T))
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000279 return nullptr;
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000280
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000281 return Found;
282}
283
284static bool is32Or64BitBasicType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) {
Eli Friedmana92db672012-11-29 23:21:04 +0000285 // Treat complex types as the element type.
286 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
287 Ty = CTy->getElementType();
288
289 // Check for a type which we know has a simple scalar argument-passing
290 // convention without any padding. (We're specifically looking for 32
291 // and 64-bit integer and integer-equivalents, float, and double.)
Daniel Dunbar6b45b672010-05-14 03:40:53 +0000292 if (!Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() && !Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() &&
Eli Friedmana92db672012-11-29 23:21:04 +0000293 !Ty->isEnumeralType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000294 return false;
295
296 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
297 return Size == 32 || Size == 64;
298}
299
Daniel Dunbar11c08c82009-11-09 01:33:53 +0000300/// canExpandIndirectArgument - Test whether an argument type which is to be
301/// passed indirectly (on the stack) would have the equivalent layout if it was
302/// expanded into separate arguments. If so, we prefer to do the latter to avoid
303/// inhibiting optimizations.
304///
305// FIXME: This predicate is missing many cases, currently it just follows
306// llvm-gcc (checks that all fields are 32-bit or 64-bit primitive types). We
307// should probably make this smarter, or better yet make the LLVM backend
308// capable of handling it.
309static bool canExpandIndirectArgument(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) {
310 // We can only expand structure types.
311 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
312 if (!RT)
313 return false;
314
315 // We can only expand (C) structures.
316 //
317 // FIXME: This needs to be generalized to handle classes as well.
318 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
319 if (!RD->isStruct() || isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
320 return false;
321
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000322 uint64_t Size = 0;
323
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000324 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000325 if (!is32Or64BitBasicType(FD->getType(), Context))
326 return false;
327
328 // FIXME: Reject bit-fields wholesale; there are two problems, we don't know
329 // how to expand them yet, and the predicate for telling if a bitfield still
330 // counts as "basic" is more complicated than what we were doing previously.
331 if (FD->isBitField())
332 return false;
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000333
334 Size += Context.getTypeSize(FD->getType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000335 }
336
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000337 // Make sure there are not any holes in the struct.
338 if (Size != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
339 return false;
340
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000341 return true;
342}
343
344namespace {
345/// DefaultABIInfo - The default implementation for ABI specific
346/// details. This implementation provides information which results in
347/// self-consistent and sensible LLVM IR generation, but does not
348/// conform to any particular ABI.
349class DefaultABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000350public:
351 DefaultABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000352
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000353 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
354 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000355
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000356 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000357 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
358 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +0000359 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
360 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000361 }
362
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000363 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
364 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000365};
366
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000367class DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
368public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000369 DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
370 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000371};
372
373llvm::Value *DefaultABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
374 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000375 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000376}
377
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000378ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000379 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000380 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000381
Chris Lattner9723d6c2010-03-11 18:19:55 +0000382 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
383 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
384 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +0000385
Chris Lattner9723d6c2010-03-11 18:19:55 +0000386 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
387 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000388}
389
Bob Wilsonbd4520b2011-01-10 23:54:17 +0000390ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
391 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
392 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
393
394 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
395 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
396
397 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
398 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
399 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
400
401 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
402 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
403}
404
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000405//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
406// le32/PNaCl bitcode ABI Implementation
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000407//
408// This is a simplified version of the x86_32 ABI. Arguments and return values
409// are always passed on the stack.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000410//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
411
412class PNaClABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
413 public:
414 PNaClABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
415
416 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000417 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000418
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000419 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
420 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
421 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000422};
423
424class PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
425 public:
426 PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
427 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PNaClABIInfo(CGT)) {}
428};
429
430void PNaClABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000431 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000432 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
433
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000434 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
435 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
436}
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000437
438llvm::Value *PNaClABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
439 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000440 return nullptr;
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000441}
442
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000443/// \brief Classify argument of given type \p Ty.
444ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000445 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +0000446 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000447 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000448 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000449 } else if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
450 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000451 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000452 } else if (Ty->isFloatingType()) {
453 // Floating-point types don't go inreg.
454 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000455 }
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000456
457 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
458 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000459}
460
461ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
462 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
463 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
464
Eli Benderskye20dad62013-04-04 22:49:35 +0000465 // In the PNaCl ABI we always return records/structures on the stack.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000466 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
467 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
468
469 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
470 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
471 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
472
473 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
474 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
475}
476
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000477/// IsX86_MMXType - Return true if this is an MMX type.
478bool IsX86_MMXType(llvm::Type *IRType) {
479 // Return true if the type is an MMX type <2 x i32>, <4 x i16>, or <8 x i8>.
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +0000480 return IRType->isVectorTy() && IRType->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() == 64 &&
481 cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() &&
482 IRType->getScalarSizeInBits() != 64;
483}
484
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000485static llvm::Type* X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000486 StringRef Constraint,
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000487 llvm::Type* Ty) {
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000488 if ((Constraint == "y" || Constraint == "&y") && Ty->isVectorTy()) {
489 if (cast<llvm::VectorType>(Ty)->getBitWidth() != 64) {
490 // Invalid MMX constraint
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000491 return nullptr;
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000492 }
493
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000494 return llvm::Type::getX86_MMXTy(CGF.getLLVMContext());
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000495 }
496
497 // No operation needed
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000498 return Ty;
499}
500
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +0000501//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
502// X86-32 ABI Implementation
503//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000504
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000505/// \brief Similar to llvm::CCState, but for Clang.
506struct CCState {
507 CCState(unsigned CC) : CC(CC), FreeRegs(0) {}
508
509 unsigned CC;
510 unsigned FreeRegs;
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000511 unsigned StackOffset;
512 bool UseInAlloca;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000513};
514
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000515/// X86_32ABIInfo - The X86-32 ABI information.
516class X86_32ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000517 enum Class {
518 Integer,
519 Float
520 };
521
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000522 static const unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes = 4;
523
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +0000524 bool IsDarwinVectorABI;
525 bool IsSmallStructInRegABI;
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000526 bool IsWin32StructABI;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000527 unsigned DefaultNumRegisterParameters;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000528
529 static bool isRegisterSize(unsigned Size) {
530 return (Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32 || Size == 64);
531 }
532
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000533 bool shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000534
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000535 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
536 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory.
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000537 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, CCState &State) const;
538
539 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const;
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000540
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000541 /// \brief Return the alignment to use for the given type on the stack.
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000542 unsigned getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, unsigned Align) const;
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000543
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000544 Class classify(QualType Ty) const;
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000545 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000546 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const;
547 bool shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State, bool &NeedsPadding) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000548
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000549 /// \brief Rewrite the function info so that all memory arguments use
550 /// inalloca.
551 void rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const;
552
553 void addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields,
554 unsigned &StackOffset, ABIArgInfo &Info,
555 QualType Type) const;
556
Rafael Espindola75419dc2012-07-23 23:30:29 +0000557public:
558
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000559 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
560 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
561 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000562
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000563 X86_32ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool d, bool p, bool w,
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000564 unsigned r)
Eli Friedman33465822011-07-08 23:31:17 +0000565 : ABIInfo(CGT), IsDarwinVectorABI(d), IsSmallStructInRegABI(p),
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000566 IsWin32StructABI(w), DefaultNumRegisterParameters(r) {}
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000567};
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000568
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000569class X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
570public:
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +0000571 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000572 bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned r)
573 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_32ABIInfo(CGT, d, p, w, r)) {}
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +0000574
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +0000575 static bool isStructReturnInRegABI(
576 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts);
577
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +0000578 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000579 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000580
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000581 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000582 // Darwin uses different dwarf register numbers for EH.
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +0000583 if (CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) return 5;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000584 return 4;
585 }
586
587 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000588 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000589
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000590 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000591 StringRef Constraint,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000592 llvm::Type* Ty) const override {
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000593 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty);
594 }
595
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000596 llvm::Constant *
597 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Peter Collingbourneb453cd62013-10-20 21:29:19 +0000598 unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8
599 (0x06 << 8) | // .+0x08
600 ('F' << 16) |
601 ('T' << 24);
602 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig);
603 }
604
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000605};
606
607}
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000608
609/// shouldReturnTypeInRegister - Determine if the given type should be
610/// passed in a register (for the Darwin ABI).
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000611bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty,
612 ASTContext &Context) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000613 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
614
615 // Type must be register sized.
616 if (!isRegisterSize(Size))
617 return false;
618
619 if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
620 // 64- and 128- bit vectors inside structures are not returned in
621 // registers.
622 if (Size == 64 || Size == 128)
623 return false;
624
625 return true;
626 }
627
Daniel Dunbar4bd95c62010-05-15 00:00:30 +0000628 // If this is a builtin, pointer, enum, complex type, member pointer, or
629 // member function pointer it is ok.
Daniel Dunbar6b45b672010-05-14 03:40:53 +0000630 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() ||
Daniel Dunbarb3b1e532009-09-24 05:12:36 +0000631 Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isEnumeralType() ||
Daniel Dunbar4bd95c62010-05-15 00:00:30 +0000632 Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000633 return true;
634
635 // Arrays are treated like records.
636 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty))
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000637 return shouldReturnTypeInRegister(AT->getElementType(), Context);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000638
639 // Otherwise, it must be a record type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000640 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000641 if (!RT) return false;
642
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +0000643 // FIXME: Traverse bases here too.
644
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000645 // Structure types are passed in register if all fields would be
646 // passed in a register.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000647 for (const auto *FD : RT->getDecl()->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000648 // Empty fields are ignored.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000649 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000650 continue;
651
652 // Check fields recursively.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000653 if (!shouldReturnTypeInRegister(FD->getType(), Context))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000654 return false;
655 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000656 return true;
657}
658
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000659ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(CCState &State) const {
660 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one
661 // integer register.
662 if (State.FreeRegs) {
663 --State.FreeRegs;
664 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false);
665 }
666 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(/*Align=*/0, /*ByVal=*/false);
667}
668
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000669ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000670 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000671 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000672
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000673 if (const VectorType *VT = RetTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000674 // On Darwin, some vectors are returned in registers.
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +0000675 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000676 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000677
678 // 128-bit vectors are a special case; they are returned in
679 // registers and we need to make sure to pick a type the LLVM
680 // backend will like.
681 if (Size == 128)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000682 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::VectorType::get(
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000683 llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()), 2));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000684
685 // Always return in register if it fits in a general purpose
686 // register, or if it is 64 bits and has a single element.
687 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) ||
688 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1))
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000689 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000690 Size));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000691
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000692 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000693 }
694
695 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000696 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000697
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +0000698 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +0000699 if (const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Anders Carlsson5789c492009-10-20 22:07:59 +0000700 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000701 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000702 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anders Carlsson5789c492009-10-20 22:07:59 +0000703 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000704
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +0000705 // If specified, structs and unions are always indirect.
706 if (!IsSmallStructInRegABI && !RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000707 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000708
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000709 // Small structures which are register sized are generally returned
710 // in a register.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000711 if (shouldReturnTypeInRegister(RetTy, getContext())) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000712 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000713
714 // As a special-case, if the struct is a "single-element" struct, and
715 // the field is of type "float" or "double", return it in a
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +0000716 // floating-point register. (MSVC does not apply this special case.)
717 // We apply a similar transformation for pointer types to improve the
718 // quality of the generated IR.
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000719 if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(RetTy, getContext()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000720 if ((!IsWin32StructABI && SeltTy->isRealFloatingType())
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +0000721 || SeltTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000722 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0)));
723
724 // FIXME: We should be able to narrow this integer in cases with dead
725 // padding.
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000726 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),Size));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000727 }
728
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000729 return getIndirectReturnResult(State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000730 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000731
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000732 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
733 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
734 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
735
736 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
737 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000738}
739
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +0000740static bool isSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
741 return Ty->getAs<VectorType>() && Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == 128;
742}
743
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000744static bool isRecordWithSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
745 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
746 if (!RT)
747 return 0;
748 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
749
750 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
751 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000752 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases())
753 if (!isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, I.getType()))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000754 return false;
755
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000756 for (const auto *i : RD->fields()) {
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000757 QualType FT = i->getType();
758
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +0000759 if (isSSEVectorType(Context, FT))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000760 return true;
761
762 if (isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, FT))
763 return true;
764 }
765
766 return false;
767}
768
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000769unsigned X86_32ABIInfo::getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty,
770 unsigned Align) const {
771 // Otherwise, if the alignment is less than or equal to the minimum ABI
772 // alignment, just use the default; the backend will handle this.
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000773 if (Align <= MinABIStackAlignInBytes)
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000774 return 0; // Use default alignment.
775
776 // On non-Darwin, the stack type alignment is always 4.
777 if (!IsDarwinVectorABI) {
778 // Set explicit alignment, since we may need to realign the top.
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000779 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000780 }
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000781
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000782 // Otherwise, if the type contains an SSE vector type, the alignment is 16.
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +0000783 if (Align >= 16 && (isSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty) ||
784 isRecordWithSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty)))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +0000785 return 16;
786
787 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000788}
789
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000790ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal,
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000791 CCState &State) const {
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000792 if (!ByVal) {
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000793 if (State.FreeRegs) {
794 --State.FreeRegs; // Non-byval indirects just use one pointer.
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000795 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(0, false);
796 }
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +0000797 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, false);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000798 }
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +0000799
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000800 // Compute the byval alignment.
801 unsigned TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
802 unsigned StackAlign = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, TypeAlign);
803 if (StackAlign == 0)
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000804 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(4, /*ByVal=*/true);
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000805
806 // If the stack alignment is less than the type alignment, realign the
807 // argument.
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000808 bool Realign = TypeAlign > StackAlign;
809 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(StackAlign, /*ByVal=*/true, Realign);
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000810}
811
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000812X86_32ABIInfo::Class X86_32ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty) const {
813 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext());
814 if (!T)
815 T = Ty.getTypePtr();
816
817 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
818 BuiltinType::Kind K = BT->getKind();
819 if (K == BuiltinType::Float || K == BuiltinType::Double)
820 return Float;
821 }
822 return Integer;
823}
824
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000825bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State,
826 bool &NeedsPadding) const {
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +0000827 NeedsPadding = false;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000828 Class C = classify(Ty);
829 if (C == Float)
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000830 return false;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000831
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000832 unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
833 unsigned SizeInRegs = (Size + 31) / 32;
Rafael Espindolae2a9e902012-10-23 02:04:01 +0000834
835 if (SizeInRegs == 0)
836 return false;
837
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000838 if (SizeInRegs > State.FreeRegs) {
839 State.FreeRegs = 0;
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000840 return false;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000841 }
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000842
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000843 State.FreeRegs -= SizeInRegs;
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000844
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000845 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall) {
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000846 if (Size > 32)
847 return false;
848
849 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
850 return true;
851
852 if (Ty->isPointerType())
853 return true;
854
855 if (Ty->isReferenceType())
856 return true;
857
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000858 if (State.FreeRegs)
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +0000859 NeedsPadding = true;
860
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000861 return false;
862 }
863
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000864 return true;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000865}
866
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000867ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
868 CCState &State) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000869 // FIXME: Set alignment on indirect arguments.
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +0000870 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +0000871 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000872 // Check with the C++ ABI first.
873 CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI());
874 if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) {
875 return getIndirectResult(Ty, false, State);
876 } else if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory) {
877 // The field index doesn't matter, we'll fix it up later.
878 return ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(/*FieldIndex=*/0);
879 }
880
881 // Structs are always byval on win32, regardless of what they contain.
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000882 if (IsWin32StructABI)
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000883 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000884
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000885 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000886 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000887 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +0000888 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000889
Eli Friedman9f061a32011-11-18 00:28:11 +0000890 // Ignore empty structs/unions.
Eli Friedmanf22fa9e2011-11-18 04:01:36 +0000891 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000892 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
893
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +0000894 llvm::LLVMContext &LLVMContext = getVMContext();
895 llvm::IntegerType *Int32 = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(LLVMContext);
896 bool NeedsPadding;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000897 if (shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding)) {
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000898 unsigned SizeInRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
Craig Topperac9201a2013-07-08 04:47:18 +0000899 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 3> Elements(SizeInRegs, Int32);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000900 llvm::Type *Result = llvm::StructType::get(LLVMContext, Elements);
901 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(Result);
902 }
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000903 llvm::IntegerType *PaddingType = NeedsPadding ? Int32 : nullptr;
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000904
Daniel Dunbar11c08c82009-11-09 01:33:53 +0000905 // Expand small (<= 128-bit) record types when we know that the stack layout
906 // of those arguments will match the struct. This is important because the
907 // LLVM backend isn't smart enough to remove byval, which inhibits many
908 // optimizations.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000909 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 4*32 &&
910 canExpandIndirectArgument(Ty, getContext()))
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000911 return ABIArgInfo::getExpandWithPadding(
912 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall, PaddingType);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000913
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000914 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000915 }
916
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +0000917 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattnerd7e54802010-08-26 20:08:43 +0000918 // On Darwin, some vectors are passed in memory, we handle this by passing
919 // it as an i8/i16/i32/i64.
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +0000920 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) {
921 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +0000922 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) ||
923 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1))
924 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
925 Size));
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +0000926 }
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +0000927
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000928 if (IsX86_MMXType(CGT.ConvertType(Ty)))
929 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64));
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +0000930
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +0000931 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
932 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +0000933
934
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000935 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
936 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +0000937
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +0000938 bool NeedsPadding;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000939 bool InReg = shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +0000940
941 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
942 if (InReg)
943 return ABIArgInfo::getExtendInReg();
944 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
945 }
946 if (InReg)
947 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg();
948 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000949}
950
Rafael Espindolaa6472962012-07-24 00:01:07 +0000951void X86_32ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000952 CCState State(FI.getCallingConvention());
953 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall)
954 State.FreeRegs = 2;
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000955 else if (FI.getHasRegParm())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000956 State.FreeRegs = FI.getRegParm();
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +0000957 else
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000958 State.FreeRegs = DefaultNumRegisterParameters;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000959
Reid Kleckner677539d2014-07-10 01:58:55 +0000960 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000961 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), State);
Reid Kleckner677539d2014-07-10 01:58:55 +0000962 } else if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) {
963 // The C++ ABI is not aware of register usage, so we have to check if the
964 // return value was sret and put it in a register ourselves if appropriate.
965 if (State.FreeRegs) {
966 --State.FreeRegs; // The sret parameter consumes a register.
967 FI.getReturnInfo().setInReg(true);
968 }
969 }
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000970
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000971 bool UsedInAlloca = false;
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +0000972 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
973 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, State);
974 UsedInAlloca |= (I.info.getKind() == ABIArgInfo::InAlloca);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000975 }
976
977 // If we needed to use inalloca for any argument, do a second pass and rewrite
978 // all the memory arguments to use inalloca.
979 if (UsedInAlloca)
980 rewriteWithInAlloca(FI);
981}
982
983void
984X86_32ABIInfo::addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields,
985 unsigned &StackOffset,
986 ABIArgInfo &Info, QualType Type) const {
Reid Klecknerd378a712014-04-10 19:09:43 +0000987 assert(StackOffset % 4U == 0 && "unaligned inalloca struct");
988 Info = ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(FrameFields.size());
989 FrameFields.push_back(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Type));
990 StackOffset += getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Type).getQuantity();
991
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000992 // Insert padding bytes to respect alignment. For x86_32, each argument is 4
993 // byte aligned.
Reid Klecknerd378a712014-04-10 19:09:43 +0000994 if (StackOffset % 4U) {
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000995 unsigned OldOffset = StackOffset;
Reid Klecknerd378a712014-04-10 19:09:43 +0000996 StackOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackOffset, 4U);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000997 unsigned NumBytes = StackOffset - OldOffset;
998 assert(NumBytes);
999 llvm::Type *Ty = llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext());
1000 Ty = llvm::ArrayType::get(Ty, NumBytes);
1001 FrameFields.push_back(Ty);
1002 }
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001003}
1004
1005void X86_32ABIInfo::rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
1006 assert(IsWin32StructABI && "inalloca only supported on win32");
1007
1008 // Build a packed struct type for all of the arguments in memory.
1009 SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> FrameFields;
1010
1011 unsigned StackOffset = 0;
1012
1013 // Put the sret parameter into the inalloca struct if it's in memory.
1014 ABIArgInfo &Ret = FI.getReturnInfo();
1015 if (Ret.isIndirect() && !Ret.getInReg()) {
1016 CanQualType PtrTy = getContext().getPointerType(FI.getReturnType());
1017 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, Ret, PtrTy);
Reid Klecknerfab1e892014-02-25 00:59:14 +00001018 // On Windows, the hidden sret parameter is always returned in eax.
1019 Ret.setInAllocaSRet(IsWin32StructABI);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001020 }
1021
1022 // Skip the 'this' parameter in ecx.
1023 CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator I = FI.arg_begin(), E = FI.arg_end();
1024 if (FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_ThisCall)
1025 ++I;
1026
1027 // Put arguments passed in memory into the struct.
1028 for (; I != E; ++I) {
1029
1030 // Leave ignored and inreg arguments alone.
1031 switch (I->info.getKind()) {
1032 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
1033 assert(I->info.getIndirectByVal());
1034 break;
1035 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
1036 continue;
1037 case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
1038 case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
1039 if (I->info.getInReg())
1040 continue;
1041 break;
1042 default:
1043 break;
1044 }
1045
1046 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type);
1047 }
1048
1049 FI.setArgStruct(llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), FrameFields,
1050 /*isPacked=*/true));
Rafael Espindolaa6472962012-07-24 00:01:07 +00001051}
1052
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001053llvm::Value *X86_32ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1054 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001055 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001056
1057 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
1058 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
1059 "ap");
1060 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
Eli Friedman1d7dd3b2011-11-18 02:12:09 +00001061
1062 // Compute if the address needs to be aligned
1063 unsigned Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty).getQuantity();
1064 Align = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, Align);
1065 Align = std::max(Align, 4U);
1066 if (Align > 4) {
1067 // addr = (addr + align - 1) & -align;
1068 llvm::Value *Offset =
1069 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1);
1070 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset);
1071 llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr,
1072 CGF.Int32Ty);
1073 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align);
1074 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask),
1075 Addr->getType(),
1076 "ap.cur.aligned");
1077 }
1078
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001079 llvm::Type *PTy =
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00001080 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001081 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
1082
1083 uint64_t Offset =
Eli Friedman1d7dd3b2011-11-18 02:12:09 +00001084 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, Align);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001085 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00001086 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001087 "ap.next");
1088 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
1089
1090 return AddrTyped;
1091}
1092
Richard Sandiforddcb8d9c2014-07-08 11:10:34 +00001093bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(
1094 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts) {
1095 assert(Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86);
1096
1097 switch (Opts.getStructReturnConvention()) {
1098 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_Default:
1099 break;
1100 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_OnStack: // -fpcc-struct-return
1101 return false;
1102 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_InRegs: // -freg-struct-return
1103 return true;
1104 }
1105
1106 if (Triple.isOSDarwin())
1107 return true;
1108
1109 switch (Triple.getOS()) {
1110 case llvm::Triple::AuroraUX:
1111 case llvm::Triple::DragonFly:
1112 case llvm::Triple::FreeBSD:
1113 case llvm::Triple::OpenBSD:
1114 case llvm::Triple::Bitrig:
1115 return true;
1116 case llvm::Triple::Win32:
1117 switch (Triple.getEnvironment()) {
1118 case llvm::Triple::UnknownEnvironment:
1119 case llvm::Triple::Cygnus:
1120 case llvm::Triple::GNU:
1121 case llvm::Triple::MSVC:
1122 return true;
1123 default:
1124 return false;
1125 }
1126 default:
1127 return false;
1128 }
1129}
1130
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +00001131void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
1132 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1133 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
1134 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1135 if (FD->hasAttr<X86ForceAlignArgPointerAttr>()) {
1136 // Get the LLVM function.
1137 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
1138
1139 // Now add the 'alignstack' attribute with a value of 16.
Bill Wendlinga514ebc2012-10-15 20:36:26 +00001140 llvm::AttrBuilder B;
Bill Wendlingccf94c92012-10-14 03:28:14 +00001141 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(16);
Bill Wendling9a677922013-01-23 00:21:06 +00001142 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
1143 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(),
1144 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
1145 B));
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +00001146 }
1147 }
1148}
1149
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001150bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(
1151 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
1152 llvm::Value *Address) const {
1153 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001154
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001155 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001156
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001157 // 0-7 are the eight integer registers; the order is different
1158 // on Darwin (for EH), but the range is the same.
1159 // 8 is %eip.
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001160 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 8);
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001161
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00001162 if (CGF.CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001163 // 12-16 are st(0..4). Not sure why we stop at 4.
1164 // These have size 16, which is sizeof(long double) on
1165 // platforms with 8-byte alignment for that type.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001166 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 16);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001167 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 12, 16);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001168
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001169 } else {
1170 // 9 is %eflags, which doesn't get a size on Darwin for some
1171 // reason.
1172 Builder.CreateStore(Four8, Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Address, 9));
1173
1174 // 11-16 are st(0..5). Not sure why we stop at 5.
1175 // These have size 12, which is sizeof(long double) on
1176 // platforms with 4-byte alignment for that type.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001177 llvm::Value *Twelve8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 12);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001178 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Twelve8, 11, 16);
1179 }
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001180
1181 return false;
1182}
1183
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00001184//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1185// X86-64 ABI Implementation
1186//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1187
1188
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001189namespace {
1190/// X86_64ABIInfo - The X86_64 ABI information.
1191class X86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
1192 enum Class {
1193 Integer = 0,
1194 SSE,
1195 SSEUp,
1196 X87,
1197 X87Up,
1198 ComplexX87,
1199 NoClass,
1200 Memory
1201 };
1202
1203 /// merge - Implement the X86_64 ABI merging algorithm.
1204 ///
1205 /// Merge an accumulating classification \arg Accum with a field
1206 /// classification \arg Field.
1207 ///
1208 /// \param Accum - The accumulating classification. This should
1209 /// always be either NoClass or the result of a previous merge
1210 /// call. In addition, this should never be Memory (the caller
1211 /// should just return Memory for the aggregate).
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001212 static Class merge(Class Accum, Class Field);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001213
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001214 /// postMerge - Implement the X86_64 ABI post merging algorithm.
1215 ///
1216 /// Post merger cleanup, reduces a malformed Hi and Lo pair to
1217 /// final MEMORY or SSE classes when necessary.
1218 ///
1219 /// \param AggregateSize - The size of the current aggregate in
1220 /// the classification process.
1221 ///
1222 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type
1223 /// residing in the low word of the containing object.
1224 ///
1225 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type
1226 /// residing in the higher words of the containing object.
1227 ///
1228 void postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, Class &Hi) const;
1229
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001230 /// classify - Determine the x86_64 register classes in which the
1231 /// given type T should be passed.
1232 ///
1233 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type
1234 /// residing in the low word of the containing object.
1235 ///
1236 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type
1237 /// residing in the high word of the containing object.
1238 ///
1239 /// \param OffsetBase - The bit offset of this type in the
1240 /// containing object. Some parameters are classified different
1241 /// depending on whether they straddle an eightbyte boundary.
1242 ///
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001243 /// \param isNamedArg - Whether the argument in question is a "named"
1244 /// argument, as used in AMD64-ABI 3.5.7.
1245 ///
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001246 /// If a word is unused its result will be NoClass; if a type should
1247 /// be passed in Memory then at least the classification of \arg Lo
1248 /// will be Memory.
1249 ///
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +00001250 /// The \arg Lo class will be NoClass iff the argument is ignored.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001251 ///
1252 /// If the \arg Lo class is ComplexX87, then the \arg Hi class will
1253 /// also be ComplexX87.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001254 void classify(QualType T, uint64_t OffsetBase, Class &Lo, Class &Hi,
1255 bool isNamedArg) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001256
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001257 llvm::Type *GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00001258 llvm::Type *GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType,
1259 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy,
1260 unsigned SourceOffset) const;
1261 llvm::Type *GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType,
1262 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy,
1263 unsigned SourceOffset) const;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001264
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001265 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001266 /// such that the argument will be returned in memory.
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00001267 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const;
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001268
1269 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001270 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory.
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001271 ///
1272 /// \param freeIntRegs - The number of free integer registers remaining
1273 /// available.
1274 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001275
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001276 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001277
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00001278 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001279 unsigned freeIntRegs,
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00001280 unsigned &neededInt,
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001281 unsigned &neededSSE,
1282 bool isNamedArg) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001283
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001284 bool IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
1285
John McCalle0fda732011-04-21 01:20:55 +00001286 /// The 0.98 ABI revision clarified a lot of ambiguities,
1287 /// unfortunately in ways that were not always consistent with
1288 /// certain previous compilers. In particular, platforms which
1289 /// required strict binary compatibility with older versions of GCC
1290 /// may need to exempt themselves.
1291 bool honorsRevision0_98() const {
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00001292 return !getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin();
John McCalle0fda732011-04-21 01:20:55 +00001293 }
1294
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001295 bool HasAVX;
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001296 // Some ABIs (e.g. X32 ABI and Native Client OS) use 32 bit pointers on
1297 // 64-bit hardware.
1298 bool Has64BitPointers;
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001299
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001300public:
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001301 X86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool hasavx) :
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001302 ABIInfo(CGT), HasAVX(hasavx),
Derek Schuff8a872f32012-10-11 18:21:13 +00001303 Has64BitPointers(CGT.getDataLayout().getPointerSize(0) == 8) {
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001304 }
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00001305
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001306 bool isPassedUsingAVXType(QualType type) const {
1307 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001308 // The freeIntRegs argument doesn't matter here.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001309 ABIArgInfo info = classifyArgumentType(type, 0, neededInt, neededSSE,
1310 /*isNamedArg*/true);
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001311 if (info.isDirect()) {
1312 llvm::Type *ty = info.getCoerceToType();
1313 if (llvm::VectorType *vectorTy = dyn_cast_or_null<llvm::VectorType>(ty))
1314 return (vectorTy->getBitWidth() > 128);
1315 }
1316 return false;
1317 }
1318
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001319 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001320
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001321 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1322 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001323};
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001324
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001325/// WinX86_64ABIInfo - The Windows X86_64 ABI information.
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00001326class WinX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
1327
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00001328 ABIArgInfo classify(QualType Ty, bool IsReturnType) const;
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00001329
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001330public:
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00001331 WinX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
1332
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001333 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001334
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001335 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
1336 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001337};
1338
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001339class X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
1340public:
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001341 X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001342 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_64ABIInfo(CGT, HasAVX)) {}
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001343
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001344 const X86_64ABIInfo &getABIInfo() const {
1345 return static_cast<const X86_64ABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo());
1346 }
1347
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001348 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001349 return 7;
1350 }
1351
1352 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001353 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001354 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001355
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001356 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
1357 // 16 is %rip.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001358 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16);
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001359 return false;
1360 }
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +00001361
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +00001362 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001363 StringRef Constraint,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001364 llvm::Type* Ty) const override {
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +00001365 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty);
1366 }
1367
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001368 bool isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001369 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const override {
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001370 // The default CC on x86-64 sets %al to the number of SSA
1371 // registers used, and GCC sets this when calling an unprototyped
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001372 // function, so we override the default behavior. However, don't do
Eli Friedmanb8e45b22011-12-06 03:08:26 +00001373 // that when AVX types are involved: the ABI explicitly states it is
1374 // undefined, and it doesn't work in practice because of how the ABI
1375 // defines varargs anyway.
Reid Kleckner78af0702013-08-27 23:08:25 +00001376 if (fnType->getCallConv() == CC_C) {
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001377 bool HasAVXType = false;
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001378 for (CallArgList::const_iterator
1379 it = args.begin(), ie = args.end(); it != ie; ++it) {
1380 if (getABIInfo().isPassedUsingAVXType(it->Ty)) {
1381 HasAVXType = true;
1382 break;
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001383 }
1384 }
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001385
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001386 if (!HasAVXType)
1387 return true;
1388 }
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001389
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001390 return TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(args, fnType);
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001391 }
1392
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001393 llvm::Constant *
1394 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Peter Collingbourneb453cd62013-10-20 21:29:19 +00001395 unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8
1396 (0x0a << 8) | // .+0x0c
1397 ('F' << 16) |
1398 ('T' << 24);
1399 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig);
1400 }
1401
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001402};
1403
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001404static std::string qualifyWindowsLibrary(llvm::StringRef Lib) {
1405 // If the argument does not end in .lib, automatically add the suffix. This
1406 // matches the behavior of MSVC.
1407 std::string ArgStr = Lib;
Rui Ueyama727025a2013-10-31 19:12:53 +00001408 if (!Lib.endswith_lower(".lib"))
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001409 ArgStr += ".lib";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001410 return ArgStr;
1411}
1412
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001413class WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo {
1414public:
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00001415 WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
1416 bool d, bool p, bool w, unsigned RegParms)
1417 : X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, d, p, w, RegParms) {}
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001418
1419 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001420 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001421 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001422 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001423 }
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001424
1425 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name,
1426 llvm::StringRef Value,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001427 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
Eli Friedmanf60b8ce2013-06-07 22:42:22 +00001428 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001429 }
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001430};
1431
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001432class WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
1433public:
1434 WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
1435 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new WinX86_64ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
1436
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001437 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001438 return 7;
1439 }
1440
1441 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001442 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001443 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00001444
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001445 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
1446 // 16 is %rip.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001447 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16);
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001448 return false;
1449 }
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001450
1451 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001452 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001453 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001454 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001455 }
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001456
1457 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name,
1458 llvm::StringRef Value,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001459 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
Eli Friedmanf60b8ce2013-06-07 22:42:22 +00001460 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001461 }
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001462};
1463
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001464}
1465
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001466void X86_64ABIInfo::postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo,
1467 Class &Hi) const {
1468 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 5. Then a post merger cleanup is done:
1469 //
1470 // (a) If one of the classes is Memory, the whole argument is passed in
1471 // memory.
1472 //
1473 // (b) If X87UP is not preceded by X87, the whole argument is passed in
1474 // memory.
1475 //
1476 // (c) If the size of the aggregate exceeds two eightbytes and the first
1477 // eightbyte isn't SSE or any other eightbyte isn't SSEUP, the whole
1478 // argument is passed in memory. NOTE: This is necessary to keep the
1479 // ABI working for processors that don't support the __m256 type.
1480 //
1481 // (d) If SSEUP is not preceded by SSE or SSEUP, it is converted to SSE.
1482 //
1483 // Some of these are enforced by the merging logic. Others can arise
1484 // only with unions; for example:
1485 // union { _Complex double; unsigned; }
1486 //
1487 // Note that clauses (b) and (c) were added in 0.98.
1488 //
1489 if (Hi == Memory)
1490 Lo = Memory;
1491 if (Hi == X87Up && Lo != X87 && honorsRevision0_98())
1492 Lo = Memory;
1493 if (AggregateSize > 128 && (Lo != SSE || Hi != SSEUp))
1494 Lo = Memory;
1495 if (Hi == SSEUp && Lo != SSE)
1496 Hi = SSE;
1497}
1498
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001499X86_64ABIInfo::Class X86_64ABIInfo::merge(Class Accum, Class Field) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001500 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 4. Each field of an object is
1501 // classified recursively so that always two fields are
1502 // considered. The resulting class is calculated according to
1503 // the classes of the fields in the eightbyte:
1504 //
1505 // (a) If both classes are equal, this is the resulting class.
1506 //
1507 // (b) If one of the classes is NO_CLASS, the resulting class is
1508 // the other class.
1509 //
1510 // (c) If one of the classes is MEMORY, the result is the MEMORY
1511 // class.
1512 //
1513 // (d) If one of the classes is INTEGER, the result is the
1514 // INTEGER.
1515 //
1516 // (e) If one of the classes is X87, X87UP, COMPLEX_X87 class,
1517 // MEMORY is used as class.
1518 //
1519 // (f) Otherwise class SSE is used.
1520
1521 // Accum should never be memory (we should have returned) or
1522 // ComplexX87 (because this cannot be passed in a structure).
1523 assert((Accum != Memory && Accum != ComplexX87) &&
1524 "Invalid accumulated classification during merge.");
1525 if (Accum == Field || Field == NoClass)
1526 return Accum;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001527 if (Field == Memory)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001528 return Memory;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001529 if (Accum == NoClass)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001530 return Field;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001531 if (Accum == Integer || Field == Integer)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001532 return Integer;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001533 if (Field == X87 || Field == X87Up || Field == ComplexX87 ||
1534 Accum == X87 || Accum == X87Up)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001535 return Memory;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001536 return SSE;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001537}
1538
Chris Lattner5c740f12010-06-30 19:14:05 +00001539void X86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, uint64_t OffsetBase,
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001540 Class &Lo, Class &Hi, bool isNamedArg) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001541 // FIXME: This code can be simplified by introducing a simple value class for
1542 // Class pairs with appropriate constructor methods for the various
1543 // situations.
1544
1545 // FIXME: Some of the split computations are wrong; unaligned vectors
1546 // shouldn't be passed in registers for example, so there is no chance they
1547 // can straddle an eightbyte. Verify & simplify.
1548
1549 Lo = Hi = NoClass;
1550
1551 Class &Current = OffsetBase < 64 ? Lo : Hi;
1552 Current = Memory;
1553
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001554 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001555 BuiltinType::Kind k = BT->getKind();
1556
1557 if (k == BuiltinType::Void) {
1558 Current = NoClass;
1559 } else if (k == BuiltinType::Int128 || k == BuiltinType::UInt128) {
1560 Lo = Integer;
1561 Hi = Integer;
1562 } else if (k >= BuiltinType::Bool && k <= BuiltinType::LongLong) {
1563 Current = Integer;
Derek Schuff57b7e8f2012-10-11 16:55:58 +00001564 } else if ((k == BuiltinType::Float || k == BuiltinType::Double) ||
1565 (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble &&
Cameron Esfahani556d91e2013-09-14 01:09:11 +00001566 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl())) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001567 Current = SSE;
1568 } else if (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble) {
1569 Lo = X87;
1570 Hi = X87Up;
1571 }
1572 // FIXME: _Decimal32 and _Decimal64 are SSE.
1573 // FIXME: _float128 and _Decimal128 are (SSE, SSEUp).
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001574 return;
1575 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001576
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001577 if (const EnumType *ET = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001578 // Classify the underlying integer type.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001579 classify(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(), OffsetBase, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg);
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001580 return;
1581 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001582
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001583 if (Ty->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001584 Current = Integer;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001585 return;
1586 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001587
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001588 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001589 if (Ty->isMemberFunctionPointerType() && Has64BitPointers)
Daniel Dunbar36d4d152010-05-15 00:00:37 +00001590 Lo = Hi = Integer;
1591 else
1592 Current = Integer;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001593 return;
1594 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001595
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001596 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001597 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001598 if (Size == 32) {
1599 // gcc passes all <4 x char>, <2 x short>, <1 x int>, <1 x
1600 // float> as integer.
1601 Current = Integer;
1602
1603 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be
1604 // split.
1605 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64;
1606 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + Size - 1) / 64;
1607 if (EB_Real != EB_Imag)
1608 Hi = Lo;
1609 } else if (Size == 64) {
1610 // gcc passes <1 x double> in memory. :(
1611 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double))
1612 return;
1613
1614 // gcc passes <1 x long long> as INTEGER.
Chris Lattner46830f22010-08-26 18:03:20 +00001615 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) ||
Chris Lattner69e683f2010-08-26 18:13:50 +00001616 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong) ||
1617 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Long) ||
1618 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULong))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001619 Current = Integer;
1620 else
1621 Current = SSE;
1622
1623 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be
1624 // split.
1625 if (OffsetBase && OffsetBase != 64)
1626 Hi = Lo;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001627 } else if (Size == 128 || (HasAVX && isNamedArg && Size == 256)) {
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001628 // Arguments of 256-bits are split into four eightbyte chunks. The
1629 // least significant one belongs to class SSE and all the others to class
1630 // SSEUP. The original Lo and Hi design considers that types can't be
1631 // greater than 128-bits, so a 64-bit split in Hi and Lo makes sense.
1632 // This design isn't correct for 256-bits, but since there're no cases
1633 // where the upper parts would need to be inspected, avoid adding
1634 // complexity and just consider Hi to match the 64-256 part.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001635 //
1636 // Note that per 3.5.7 of AMD64-ABI, 256-bit args are only passed in
1637 // registers if they are "named", i.e. not part of the "..." of a
1638 // variadic function.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001639 Lo = SSE;
1640 Hi = SSEUp;
1641 }
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001642 return;
1643 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001644
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001645 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001646 QualType ET = getContext().getCanonicalType(CT->getElementType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001647
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001648 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Douglas Gregorb90df602010-06-16 00:17:44 +00001649 if (ET->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001650 if (Size <= 64)
1651 Current = Integer;
1652 else if (Size <= 128)
1653 Lo = Hi = Integer;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001654 } else if (ET == getContext().FloatTy)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001655 Current = SSE;
Derek Schuff57b7e8f2012-10-11 16:55:58 +00001656 else if (ET == getContext().DoubleTy ||
1657 (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy &&
Cameron Esfahani556d91e2013-09-14 01:09:11 +00001658 getTarget().getTriple().isOSNaCl()))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001659 Lo = Hi = SSE;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001660 else if (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001661 Current = ComplexX87;
1662
1663 // If this complex type crosses an eightbyte boundary then it
1664 // should be split.
1665 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001666 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + getContext().getTypeSize(ET)) / 64;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001667 if (Hi == NoClass && EB_Real != EB_Imag)
1668 Hi = Lo;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001669
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001670 return;
1671 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001672
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001673 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001674 // Arrays are treated like structures.
1675
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001676 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001677
1678 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001679 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY.
1680 if (Size > 256)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001681 return;
1682
1683 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If ..., or it contains unaligned
1684 // fields, it has class MEMORY.
1685 //
1686 // Only need to check alignment of array base.
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001687 if (OffsetBase % getContext().getTypeAlign(AT->getElementType()))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001688 return;
1689
1690 // Otherwise implement simplified merge. We could be smarter about
1691 // this, but it isn't worth it and would be harder to verify.
1692 Current = NoClass;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001693 uint64_t EltSize = getContext().getTypeSize(AT->getElementType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001694 uint64_t ArraySize = AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Bruno Cardoso Lopes75541d02011-07-12 01:27:38 +00001695
1696 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the array
1697 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended
1698 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory.
1699 if (Size > 128 && EltSize != 256)
1700 return;
1701
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001702 for (uint64_t i=0, Offset=OffsetBase; i<ArraySize; ++i, Offset += EltSize) {
1703 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001704 classify(AT->getElementType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001705 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
1706 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
1707 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
1708 break;
1709 }
1710
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001711 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001712 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp array classification.");
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001713 return;
1714 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001715
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001716 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001717 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001718
1719 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001720 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY.
1721 if (Size > 256)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001722 return;
1723
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00001724 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 2. If a C++ object has either a non-trivial
1725 // copy constructor or a non-trivial destructor, it is passed by invisible
1726 // reference.
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00001727 if (getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()))
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00001728 return;
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00001729
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001730 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
1731
1732 // Assume variable sized types are passed in memory.
1733 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
1734 return;
1735
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001736 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001737
1738 // Reset Lo class, this will be recomputed.
1739 Current = NoClass;
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00001740
1741 // If this is a C++ record, classify the bases first.
1742 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00001743 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
1744 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() &&
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00001745 "Unexpected base class!");
1746 const CXXRecordDecl *Base =
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00001747 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00001748
1749 // Classify this field.
1750 //
1751 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate exceeds a
1752 // single eightbyte, each is classified separately. Each eightbyte gets
1753 // initialized to class NO_CLASS.
1754 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
Benjamin Kramer2ef30312012-07-04 18:45:14 +00001755 uint64_t Offset =
1756 OffsetBase + getContext().toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base));
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00001757 classify(I.getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00001758 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
1759 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
1760 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
1761 break;
1762 }
1763 }
1764
1765 // Classify the fields one at a time, merging the results.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001766 unsigned idx = 0;
Bruno Cardoso Lopes0aadf832011-07-12 22:30:58 +00001767 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00001768 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001769 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
1770 bool BitField = i->isBitField();
1771
Bruno Cardoso Lopes98154a72011-07-13 21:58:55 +00001772 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger than
1773 // four eightbytes, or it contains unaligned fields, it has class MEMORY.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001774 //
Bruno Cardoso Lopes98154a72011-07-13 21:58:55 +00001775 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the struct
1776 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended
1777 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory.
1778 //
1779 if (Size > 128 && getContext().getTypeSize(i->getType()) != 256) {
1780 Lo = Memory;
1781 return;
1782 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001783 // Note, skip this test for bit-fields, see below.
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00001784 if (!BitField && Offset % getContext().getTypeAlign(i->getType())) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001785 Lo = Memory;
1786 return;
1787 }
1788
1789 // Classify this field.
1790 //
1791 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate
1792 // exceeds a single eightbyte, each is classified
1793 // separately. Each eightbyte gets initialized to class
1794 // NO_CLASS.
1795 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
1796
1797 // Bit-fields require special handling, they do not force the
1798 // structure to be passed in memory even if unaligned, and
1799 // therefore they can straddle an eightbyte.
1800 if (BitField) {
1801 // Ignore padding bit-fields.
1802 if (i->isUnnamedBitfield())
1803 continue;
1804
1805 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00001806 uint64_t Size = i->getBitWidthValue(getContext());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001807
1808 uint64_t EB_Lo = Offset / 64;
1809 uint64_t EB_Hi = (Offset + Size - 1) / 64;
Sylvestre Ledru0c4813e2013-10-06 09:54:18 +00001810
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001811 if (EB_Lo) {
1812 assert(EB_Hi == EB_Lo && "Invalid classification, type > 16 bytes.");
1813 FieldLo = NoClass;
1814 FieldHi = Integer;
1815 } else {
1816 FieldLo = Integer;
1817 FieldHi = EB_Hi ? Integer : NoClass;
1818 }
1819 } else
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001820 classify(i->getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001821 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
1822 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
1823 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
1824 break;
1825 }
1826
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001827 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001828 }
1829}
1830
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00001831ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const {
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001832 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right
1833 // place naturally.
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00001834 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001835 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
1836 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
1837 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
1838
1839 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
1840 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
1841 }
1842
1843 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
1844}
1845
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001846bool X86_64ABIInfo::IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
1847 if (const VectorType *VecTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
1848 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VecTy);
1849 unsigned LargestVector = HasAVX ? 256 : 128;
1850 if (Size <= 64 || Size > LargestVector)
1851 return true;
1852 }
1853
1854 return false;
1855}
1856
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001857ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty,
1858 unsigned freeIntRegs) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001859 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right
1860 // place naturally.
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001861 //
1862 // This assumption is optimistic, as there could be free registers available
1863 // when we need to pass this argument in memory, and LLVM could try to pass
1864 // the argument in the free register. This does not seem to happen currently,
1865 // but this code would be much safer if we could mark the argument with
1866 // 'onstack'. See PR12193.
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001867 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !IsIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00001868 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
1869 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
1870 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
1871
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +00001872 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
1873 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00001874 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001875
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00001876 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00001877 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00001878
Chris Lattner44c2b902011-05-22 23:21:23 +00001879 // Compute the byval alignment. We specify the alignment of the byval in all
1880 // cases so that the mid-level optimizer knows the alignment of the byval.
1881 unsigned Align = std::max(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, 8U);
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001882
1883 // Attempt to avoid passing indirect results using byval when possible. This
1884 // is important for good codegen.
1885 //
1886 // We do this by coercing the value into a scalar type which the backend can
1887 // handle naturally (i.e., without using byval).
1888 //
1889 // For simplicity, we currently only do this when we have exhausted all of the
1890 // free integer registers. Doing this when there are free integer registers
1891 // would require more care, as we would have to ensure that the coerced value
1892 // did not claim the unused register. That would require either reording the
1893 // arguments to the function (so that any subsequent inreg values came first),
1894 // or only doing this optimization when there were no following arguments that
1895 // might be inreg.
1896 //
1897 // We currently expect it to be rare (particularly in well written code) for
1898 // arguments to be passed on the stack when there are still free integer
1899 // registers available (this would typically imply large structs being passed
1900 // by value), so this seems like a fair tradeoff for now.
1901 //
1902 // We can revisit this if the backend grows support for 'onstack' parameter
1903 // attributes. See PR12193.
1904 if (freeIntRegs == 0) {
1905 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
1906
1907 // If this type fits in an eightbyte, coerce it into the matching integral
1908 // type, which will end up on the stack (with alignment 8).
1909 if (Align == 8 && Size <= 64)
1910 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
1911 Size));
1912 }
1913
Chris Lattner44c2b902011-05-22 23:21:23 +00001914 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001915}
1916
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001917/// GetByteVectorType - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in an
1918/// full vector XMM/YMM register. Pick an LLVM IR type that will be passed as a
Chris Lattner4200fe42010-07-29 04:56:46 +00001919/// vector register.
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001920llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00001921 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001922
Chris Lattner9fa15c32010-07-29 05:02:29 +00001923 // Wrapper structs that just contain vectors are passed just like vectors,
1924 // strip them off if present.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00001925 llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType);
Chris Lattner9fa15c32010-07-29 05:02:29 +00001926 while (STy && STy->getNumElements() == 1) {
1927 IRType = STy->getElementType(0);
1928 STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType);
1929 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001930
Bruno Cardoso Lopes129b4cc2011-07-08 22:57:35 +00001931 // If the preferred type is a 16-byte vector, prefer to pass it.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00001932 if (llvm::VectorType *VT = dyn_cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)){
1933 llvm::Type *EltTy = VT->getElementType();
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001934 unsigned BitWidth = VT->getBitWidth();
Tanya Lattner71f1b2d2011-11-28 23:18:11 +00001935 if ((BitWidth >= 128 && BitWidth <= 256) &&
Chris Lattner4200fe42010-07-29 04:56:46 +00001936 (EltTy->isFloatTy() || EltTy->isDoubleTy() ||
1937 EltTy->isIntegerTy(8) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(16) ||
1938 EltTy->isIntegerTy(32) || EltTy->isIntegerTy(64) ||
1939 EltTy->isIntegerTy(128)))
1940 return VT;
1941 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001942
Chris Lattner4200fe42010-07-29 04:56:46 +00001943 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()), 2);
1944}
1945
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00001946/// BitsContainNoUserData - Return true if the specified [start,end) bit range
1947/// is known to either be off the end of the specified type or being in
1948/// alignment padding. The user type specified is known to be at most 128 bits
1949/// in size, and have passed through X86_64ABIInfo::classify with a successful
1950/// classification that put one of the two halves in the INTEGER class.
1951///
1952/// It is conservatively correct to return false.
1953static bool BitsContainNoUserData(QualType Ty, unsigned StartBit,
1954 unsigned EndBit, ASTContext &Context) {
1955 // If the bytes being queried are off the end of the type, there is no user
1956 // data hiding here. This handles analysis of builtins, vectors and other
1957 // types that don't contain interesting padding.
1958 unsigned TySize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
1959 if (TySize <= StartBit)
1960 return true;
1961
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00001962 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
1963 unsigned EltSize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(AT->getElementType());
1964 unsigned NumElts = (unsigned)AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
1965
1966 // Check each element to see if the element overlaps with the queried range.
1967 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) {
1968 // If the element is after the span we care about, then we're done..
1969 unsigned EltOffset = i*EltSize;
1970 if (EltOffset >= EndBit) break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001971
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00001972 unsigned EltStart = EltOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-EltOffset :0;
1973 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(AT->getElementType(), EltStart,
1974 EndBit-EltOffset, Context))
1975 return false;
1976 }
1977 // If it overlaps no elements, then it is safe to process as padding.
1978 return true;
1979 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001980
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00001981 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
1982 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
1983 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001984
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00001985 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
1986 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00001987 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
1988 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00001989 "Unexpected base class!");
1990 const CXXRecordDecl *Base =
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00001991 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001992
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00001993 // If the base is after the span we care about, ignore it.
Benjamin Kramer2ef30312012-07-04 18:45:14 +00001994 unsigned BaseOffset = Context.toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base));
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00001995 if (BaseOffset >= EndBit) continue;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001996
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00001997 unsigned BaseStart = BaseOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-BaseOffset :0;
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00001998 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(I.getType(), BaseStart,
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00001999 EndBit-BaseOffset, Context))
2000 return false;
2001 }
2002 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002003
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002004 // Verify that no field has data that overlaps the region of interest. Yes
2005 // this could be sped up a lot by being smarter about queried fields,
2006 // however we're only looking at structs up to 16 bytes, so we don't care
2007 // much.
2008 unsigned idx = 0;
2009 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
2010 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
2011 unsigned FieldOffset = (unsigned)Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002012
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002013 // If we found a field after the region we care about, then we're done.
2014 if (FieldOffset >= EndBit) break;
2015
2016 unsigned FieldStart = FieldOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-FieldOffset :0;
2017 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(i->getType(), FieldStart, EndBit-FieldOffset,
2018 Context))
2019 return false;
2020 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002021
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002022 // If nothing in this record overlapped the area of interest, then we're
2023 // clean.
2024 return true;
2025 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002026
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002027 return false;
2028}
2029
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002030/// ContainsFloatAtOffset - Return true if the specified LLVM IR type has a
2031/// float member at the specified offset. For example, {int,{float}} has a
2032/// float at offset 4. It is conservatively correct for this routine to return
2033/// false.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002034static bool ContainsFloatAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002035 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) {
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002036 // Base case if we find a float.
2037 if (IROffset == 0 && IRType->isFloatTy())
2038 return true;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002039
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002040 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002041 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002042 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = TD.getStructLayout(STy);
2043 unsigned Elt = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset);
2044 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(Elt);
2045 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(STy->getElementType(Elt), IROffset, TD);
2046 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002047
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002048 // If this is an array, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002049 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) {
2050 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002051 unsigned EltSize = TD.getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
2052 IROffset -= IROffset/EltSize*EltSize;
2053 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset, TD);
2054 }
2055
2056 return false;
2057}
2058
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002059
2060/// GetSSETypeAtOffset - Return a type that will be passed by the backend in the
2061/// low 8 bytes of an XMM register, corresponding to the SSE class.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002062llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::
2063GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002064 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const {
Chris Lattner50a357e2010-07-29 18:19:50 +00002065 // The only three choices we have are either double, <2 x float>, or float. We
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002066 // pass as float if the last 4 bytes is just padding. This happens for
2067 // structs that contain 3 floats.
2068 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+32,
2069 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext()))
2070 return llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext());
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002071
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002072 // We want to pass as <2 x float> if the LLVM IR type contains a float at
2073 // offset+0 and offset+4. Walk the LLVM IR type to find out if this is the
2074 // case.
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002075 if (ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset, getDataLayout()) &&
2076 ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset+4, getDataLayout()))
Chris Lattner9f8b4512010-08-25 23:39:14 +00002077 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), 2);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002078
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002079 return llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
2080}
2081
2082
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002083/// GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in
2084/// an 8-byte GPR. This means that we either have a scalar or we are talking
2085/// about the high or low part of an up-to-16-byte struct. This routine picks
2086/// the best LLVM IR type to represent this, which may be i64 or may be anything
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002087/// else that the backend will pass in a GPR that works better (e.g. i8, %foo*,
2088/// etc).
2089///
2090/// PrefType is an LLVM IR type that corresponds to (part of) the IR type for
2091/// the source type. IROffset is an offset in bytes into the LLVM IR type that
2092/// the 8-byte value references. PrefType may be null.
2093///
Alp Toker9907f082014-07-09 14:06:35 +00002094/// SourceTy is the source-level type for the entire argument. SourceOffset is
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002095/// an offset into this that we're processing (which is always either 0 or 8).
2096///
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002097llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::
2098GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002099 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const {
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002100 // If we're dealing with an un-offset LLVM IR type, then it means that we're
2101 // returning an 8-byte unit starting with it. See if we can safely use it.
2102 if (IROffset == 0) {
2103 // Pointers and int64's always fill the 8-byte unit.
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00002104 if ((isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && Has64BitPointers) ||
2105 IRType->isIntegerTy(64))
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002106 return IRType;
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002107
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002108 // If we have a 1/2/4-byte integer, we can use it only if the rest of the
2109 // goodness in the source type is just tail padding. This is allowed to
2110 // kick in for struct {double,int} on the int, but not on
2111 // struct{double,int,int} because we wouldn't return the second int. We
2112 // have to do this analysis on the source type because we can't depend on
2113 // unions being lowered a specific way etc.
2114 if (IRType->isIntegerTy(8) || IRType->isIntegerTy(16) ||
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00002115 IRType->isIntegerTy(32) ||
2116 (isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && !Has64BitPointers)) {
2117 unsigned BitWidth = isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) ? 32 :
2118 cast<llvm::IntegerType>(IRType)->getBitWidth();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002119
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002120 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+BitWidth,
2121 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext()))
2122 return IRType;
2123 }
2124 }
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002125
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002126 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002127 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002128 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = getDataLayout().getStructLayout(STy);
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002129 if (IROffset < SL->getSizeInBytes()) {
2130 unsigned FieldIdx = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset);
2131 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(FieldIdx);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002132
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002133 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(STy->getElementType(FieldIdx), IROffset,
2134 SourceTy, SourceOffset);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002135 }
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002136 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002137
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002138 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002139 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002140 unsigned EltSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002141 unsigned EltOffset = IROffset/EltSize*EltSize;
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002142 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset-EltOffset, SourceTy,
2143 SourceOffset);
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002144 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002145
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002146 // Okay, we don't have any better idea of what to pass, so we pass this in an
2147 // integer register that isn't too big to fit the rest of the struct.
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002148 unsigned TySizeInBytes =
2149 (unsigned)getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(SourceTy).getQuantity();
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002150
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002151 assert(TySizeInBytes != SourceOffset && "Empty field?");
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002152
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002153 // It is always safe to classify this as an integer type up to i64 that
2154 // isn't larger than the structure.
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002155 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2156 std::min(TySizeInBytes-SourceOffset, 8U)*8);
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00002157}
2158
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002159
2160/// GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair - Given a high and low type that can ideally
2161/// be used as elements of a two register pair to pass or return, return a
2162/// first class aggregate to represent them. For example, if the low part of
2163/// a by-value argument should be passed as i32* and the high part as float,
2164/// return {i32*, float}.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002165static llvm::Type *
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +00002166GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(llvm::Type *Lo, llvm::Type *Hi,
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002167 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) {
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002168 // In order to correctly satisfy the ABI, we need to the high part to start
2169 // at offset 8. If the high and low parts we inferred are both 4-byte types
2170 // (e.g. i32 and i32) then the resultant struct type ({i32,i32}) won't have
2171 // the second element at offset 8. Check for this:
2172 unsigned LoSize = (unsigned)TD.getTypeAllocSize(Lo);
2173 unsigned HiAlign = TD.getABITypeAlignment(Hi);
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002174 unsigned HiStart = llvm::DataLayout::RoundUpAlignment(LoSize, HiAlign);
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002175 assert(HiStart != 0 && HiStart <= 8 && "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!");
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002176
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002177 // To handle this, we have to increase the size of the low part so that the
2178 // second element will start at an 8 byte offset. We can't increase the size
2179 // of the second element because it might make us access off the end of the
2180 // struct.
2181 if (HiStart != 8) {
2182 // There are only two sorts of types the ABI generation code can produce for
2183 // the low part of a pair that aren't 8 bytes in size: float or i8/i16/i32.
2184 // Promote these to a larger type.
2185 if (Lo->isFloatTy())
2186 Lo = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(Lo->getContext());
2187 else {
2188 assert(Lo->isIntegerTy() && "Invalid/unknown lo type");
2189 Lo = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Lo->getContext());
2190 }
2191 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002192
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002193 llvm::StructType *Result = llvm::StructType::get(Lo, Hi, NULL);
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002194
2195
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002196 // Verify that the second element is at an 8-byte offset.
2197 assert(TD.getStructLayout(Result)->getElementOffset(1) == 8 &&
2198 "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!");
2199 return Result;
2200}
2201
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002202ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00002203classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002204 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 1. Classify the return type with the
2205 // classification algorithm.
2206 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002207 classify(RetTy, 0, Lo, Hi, /*isNamedArg*/ true);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002208
2209 // Check some invariants.
2210 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002211 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification.");
2212
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002213 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002214 switch (Lo) {
2215 case NoClass:
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00002216 if (Hi == NoClass)
2217 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2218 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType
2219 // null.
2220 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) &&
2221 "Unknown missing lo part");
2222 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002223
2224 case SSEUp:
2225 case X87Up:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002226 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002227
2228 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 2. Types of class memory are returned via
2229 // hidden argument.
2230 case Memory:
2231 return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy);
2232
2233 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 3. If the class is INTEGER, the next
2234 // available register of the sequence %rax, %rdx is used.
2235 case Integer:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002236 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002237
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002238 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend
2239 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes.
2240 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) {
2241 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2242 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
2243 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002244
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002245 if (RetTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
2246 RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
2247 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2248 }
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002249 break;
2250
2251 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 4. If the class is SSE, the next
2252 // available SSE register of the sequence %xmm0, %xmm1 is used.
2253 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002254 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0);
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002255 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002256
2257 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 6. If the class is X87, the value is
2258 // returned on the X87 stack in %st0 as 80-bit x87 number.
2259 case X87:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002260 ResType = llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext());
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002261 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002262
2263 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 8. If the class is COMPLEX_X87, the real
2264 // part of the value is returned in %st0 and the imaginary part in
2265 // %st1.
2266 case ComplexX87:
2267 assert(Hi == ComplexX87 && "Unexpected ComplexX87 classification.");
Chris Lattner845511f2011-06-18 22:49:11 +00002268 ResType = llvm::StructType::get(llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()),
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002269 llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()),
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002270 NULL);
2271 break;
2272 }
2273
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002274 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002275 switch (Hi) {
2276 // Memory was handled previously and X87 should
2277 // never occur as a hi class.
2278 case Memory:
2279 case X87:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002280 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002281
2282 case ComplexX87: // Previously handled.
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002283 case NoClass:
2284 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002285
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002286 case Integer:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002287 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002288 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2289 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002290 break;
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002291 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002292 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002293 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2294 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002295 break;
2296
2297 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 5. If the class is SSEUP, the eightbyte
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002298 // is passed in the next available eightbyte chunk if the last used
2299 // vector register.
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002300 //
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002301 // SSEUP should always be preceded by SSE, just widen.
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002302 case SSEUp:
2303 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification.");
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002304 ResType = GetByteVectorType(RetTy);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002305 break;
2306
2307 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 7. If the class is X87UP, the value is
2308 // returned together with the previous X87 value in %st0.
2309 case X87Up:
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002310 // If X87Up is preceded by X87, we don't need to do
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002311 // anything. However, in some cases with unions it may not be
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002312 // preceded by X87. In such situations we follow gcc and pass the
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002313 // extra bits in an SSE reg.
Chris Lattnerc95a3982010-07-29 17:49:08 +00002314 if (Lo != X87) {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002315 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002316 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2317 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattnerc95a3982010-07-29 17:49:08 +00002318 }
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002319 break;
2320 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002321
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002322 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002323 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a
2324 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high}
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002325 if (HighPart)
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002326 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout());
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002327
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002328 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002329}
2330
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002331ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002332 QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs, unsigned &neededInt, unsigned &neededSSE,
2333 bool isNamedArg)
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002334 const
2335{
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002336 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002337 classify(Ty, 0, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002338
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002339 // Check some invariants.
2340 // FIXME: Enforce these by construction.
2341 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002342 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification.");
2343
2344 neededInt = 0;
2345 neededSSE = 0;
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002346 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002347 switch (Lo) {
2348 case NoClass:
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00002349 if (Hi == NoClass)
2350 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2351 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType
2352 // null.
2353 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) &&
2354 "Unknown missing lo part");
2355 break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002356
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002357 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 1. If the class is MEMORY, pass the argument
2358 // on the stack.
2359 case Memory:
2360
2361 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 5. If the class is X87, X87UP or
2362 // COMPLEX_X87, it is passed in memory.
2363 case X87:
2364 case ComplexX87:
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00002365 if (getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()) == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect)
Eli Friedman4774b7e2011-06-29 07:04:55 +00002366 ++neededInt;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002367 return getIndirectResult(Ty, freeIntRegs);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002368
2369 case SSEUp:
2370 case X87Up:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002371 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002372
2373 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 2. If the class is INTEGER, the next
2374 // available register of the sequence %rdi, %rsi, %rdx, %rcx, %r8
2375 // and %r9 is used.
2376 case Integer:
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00002377 ++neededInt;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002378
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002379 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002380 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 0, Ty, 0);
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002381
2382 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend
2383 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes.
2384 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) {
2385 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2386 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2387 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002388
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002389 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
2390 Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
2391 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2392 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002393
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002394 break;
2395
2396 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 3. If the class is SSE, the next
2397 // available SSE register is used, the registers are taken in the
2398 // order from %xmm0 to %xmm7.
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00002399 case SSE: {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002400 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Eli Friedman1310c682011-07-02 00:57:27 +00002401 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(IRType, 0, Ty, 0);
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002402 ++neededSSE;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002403 break;
2404 }
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00002405 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002406
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002407 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002408 switch (Hi) {
2409 // Memory was handled previously, ComplexX87 and X87 should
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002410 // never occur as hi classes, and X87Up must be preceded by X87,
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002411 // which is passed in memory.
2412 case Memory:
2413 case X87:
2414 case ComplexX87:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002415 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002416
2417 case NoClass: break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002418
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002419 case Integer:
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002420 ++neededInt;
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002421 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002422 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002423
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002424 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2425 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002426 break;
2427
2428 // X87Up generally doesn't occur here (long double is passed in
2429 // memory), except in situations involving unions.
2430 case X87Up:
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002431 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002432 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002433
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002434 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2435 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00002436
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002437 ++neededSSE;
2438 break;
2439
2440 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 4. If the class is SSEUP, the
2441 // eightbyte is passed in the upper half of the last used SSE
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002442 // register. This only happens when 128-bit vectors are passed.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002443 case SSEUp:
Chris Lattnerf4ba08a2010-07-28 23:47:21 +00002444 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification");
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002445 ResType = GetByteVectorType(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002446 break;
2447 }
2448
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002449 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is
2450 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a
2451 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high}
2452 if (HighPart)
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002453 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout());
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002454
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002455 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002456}
2457
Chris Lattner22326a12010-07-29 02:31:05 +00002458void X86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002459
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00002460 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
2461 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002462
2463 // Keep track of the number of assigned registers.
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002464 unsigned freeIntRegs = 6, freeSSERegs = 8;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002465
2466 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one
2467 // integer register.
2468 if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect())
2469 --freeIntRegs;
2470
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002471 bool isVariadic = FI.isVariadic();
2472 unsigned numRequiredArgs = 0;
2473 if (isVariadic)
2474 numRequiredArgs = FI.getRequiredArgs().getNumRequiredArgs();
2475
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002476 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Once arguments are classified, the registers
2477 // get assigned (in left-to-right order) for passing as follows...
2478 for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end();
2479 it != ie; ++it) {
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002480 bool isNamedArg = true;
2481 if (isVariadic)
Aaron Ballman6a302642013-06-12 15:03:45 +00002482 isNamedArg = (it - FI.arg_begin()) <
2483 static_cast<signed>(numRequiredArgs);
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002484
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002485 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002486 it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, freeIntRegs, neededInt,
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002487 neededSSE, isNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002488
2489 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: If there are no registers available for any
2490 // eightbyte of an argument, the whole argument is passed on the
2491 // stack. If registers have already been assigned for some
2492 // eightbytes of such an argument, the assignments get reverted.
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002493 if (freeIntRegs >= neededInt && freeSSERegs >= neededSSE) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002494 freeIntRegs -= neededInt;
2495 freeSSERegs -= neededSSE;
2496 } else {
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002497 it->info = getIndirectResult(it->type, freeIntRegs);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002498 }
2499 }
2500}
2501
2502static llvm::Value *EmitVAArgFromMemory(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
2503 QualType Ty,
2504 CodeGenFunction &CGF) {
2505 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area_p =
2506 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_p");
2507 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area =
2508 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(overflow_arg_area_p, "overflow_arg_area");
2509
2510 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 7. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to a 16
2511 // byte boundary if alignment needed by type exceeds 8 byte boundary.
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002512 // It isn't stated explicitly in the standard, but in practice we use
2513 // alignment greater than 16 where necessary.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002514 uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
2515 if (Align > 8) {
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002516 // overflow_arg_area = (overflow_arg_area + align - 1) & -align;
Owen Anderson41a75022009-08-13 21:57:51 +00002517 llvm::Value *Offset =
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002518 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002519 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset);
2520 llvm::Value *AsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(overflow_arg_area,
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002521 CGF.Int64Ty);
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00002522 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -(uint64_t)Align);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002523 overflow_arg_area =
2524 CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask),
2525 overflow_arg_area->getType(),
2526 "overflow_arg_area.align");
2527 }
2528
2529 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 8. Fetch type from l->overflow_arg_area.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002530 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002531 llvm::Value *Res =
2532 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(overflow_arg_area,
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00002533 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002534
2535 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 9. Set l->overflow_arg_area to:
2536 // l->overflow_arg_area + sizeof(type).
2537 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 10. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to
2538 // an 8 byte boundary.
2539
2540 uint64_t SizeInBytes = (CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 7) / 8;
Owen Anderson41a75022009-08-13 21:57:51 +00002541 llvm::Value *Offset =
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002542 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, (SizeInBytes + 7) & ~7);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002543 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset,
2544 "overflow_arg_area.next");
2545 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(overflow_arg_area, overflow_arg_area_p);
2546
2547 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 11. Return the fetched type.
2548 return Res;
2549}
2550
2551llvm::Value *X86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2552 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
2553 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type:
2554 // struct {
2555 // i32 gp_offset;
2556 // i32 fp_offset;
2557 // i8* overflow_arg_area;
2558 // i8* reg_save_area;
2559 // };
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002560 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002561
Chris Lattner9723d6c2010-03-11 18:19:55 +00002562 Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty);
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002563 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, 0, neededInt, neededSSE,
2564 /*isNamedArg*/false);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002565
2566 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 1. Determine whether type may be passed
2567 // in the registers. If not go to step 7.
2568 if (!neededInt && !neededSSE)
2569 return EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
2570
2571 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 2. Compute num_gp to hold the number of
2572 // general purpose registers needed to pass type and num_fp to hold
2573 // the number of floating point registers needed.
2574
2575 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 3. Verify whether arguments fit into
2576 // registers. In the case: l->gp_offset > 48 - num_gp * 8 or
2577 // l->fp_offset > 304 - num_fp * 16 go to step 7.
2578 //
2579 // NOTE: 304 is a typo, there are (6 * 8 + 8 * 16) = 176 bytes of
2580 // register save space).
2581
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002582 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr;
2583 llvm::Value *gp_offset_p = nullptr, *gp_offset = nullptr;
2584 llvm::Value *fp_offset_p = nullptr, *fp_offset = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002585 if (neededInt) {
2586 gp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "gp_offset_p");
2587 gp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(gp_offset_p, "gp_offset");
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002588 InRegs = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 48 - neededInt * 8);
2589 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(gp_offset, InRegs, "fits_in_gp");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002590 }
2591
2592 if (neededSSE) {
2593 fp_offset_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 1, "fp_offset_p");
2594 fp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(fp_offset_p, "fp_offset");
2595 llvm::Value *FitsInFP =
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002596 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 176 - neededSSE * 16);
2597 FitsInFP = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(fp_offset, FitsInFP, "fits_in_fp");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002598 InRegs = InRegs ? CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(InRegs, FitsInFP) : FitsInFP;
2599 }
2600
2601 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
2602 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem");
2603 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
2604 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock);
2605
2606 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers.
2607
2608 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
2609
2610 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 4. Fetch type from l->reg_save_area with
2611 // an offset of l->gp_offset and/or l->fp_offset. This may require
2612 // copying to a temporary location in case the parameter is passed
2613 // in different register classes or requires an alignment greater
2614 // than 8 for general purpose registers and 16 for XMM registers.
2615 //
2616 // FIXME: This really results in shameful code when we end up needing to
2617 // collect arguments from different places; often what should result in a
2618 // simple assembling of a structure from scattered addresses has many more
2619 // loads than necessary. Can we clean this up?
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002620 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002621 llvm::Value *RegAddr =
2622 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3),
2623 "reg_save_area");
2624 if (neededInt && neededSSE) {
2625 // FIXME: Cleanup.
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00002626 assert(AI.isDirect() && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002627 llvm::StructType *ST = cast<llvm::StructType>(AI.getCoerceToType());
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002628 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2629 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002630 assert(ST->getNumElements() == 2 && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002631 llvm::Type *TyLo = ST->getElementType(0);
2632 llvm::Type *TyHi = ST->getElementType(1);
Chris Lattner51e1cc22010-08-26 06:28:35 +00002633 assert((TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ^ TyHi->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) &&
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002634 "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002635 llvm::Type *PTyLo = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyLo);
2636 llvm::Type *PTyHi = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyHi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002637 llvm::Value *GPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset);
2638 llvm::Value *FPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
Rafael Espindola0a500af2014-06-24 20:01:50 +00002639 llvm::Value *RegLoAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? FPAddr : GPAddr;
2640 llvm::Value *RegHiAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? GPAddr : FPAddr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002641 llvm::Value *V =
2642 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegLoAddr, PTyLo));
2643 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0));
2644 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegHiAddr, PTyHi));
2645 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1));
2646
Owen Anderson170229f2009-07-14 23:10:40 +00002647 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp,
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00002648 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002649 } else if (neededInt) {
2650 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, gp_offset);
2651 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr,
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00002652 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002653
2654 // Copy to a temporary if necessary to ensure the appropriate alignment.
2655 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> SizeAlign =
2656 CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
2657 uint64_t TySize = SizeAlign.first.getQuantity();
2658 unsigned TyAlign = SizeAlign.second.getQuantity();
2659 if (TyAlign > 8) {
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002660 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2661 CGF.Builder.CreateMemCpy(Tmp, RegAddr, TySize, 8, false);
2662 RegAddr = Tmp;
2663 }
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002664 } else if (neededSSE == 1) {
2665 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
2666 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddr,
2667 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002668 } else {
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002669 assert(neededSSE == 2 && "Invalid number of needed registers!");
2670 // SSE registers are spaced 16 bytes apart in the register save
2671 // area, we need to collect the two eightbytes together.
2672 llvm::Value *RegAddrLo = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegAddr, fp_offset);
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002673 llvm::Value *RegAddrHi = CGF.Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(RegAddrLo, 16);
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00002674 llvm::Type *DoubleTy = CGF.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002675 llvm::Type *DblPtrTy =
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002676 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(DoubleTy);
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00002677 llvm::StructType *ST = llvm::StructType::get(DoubleTy, DoubleTy, NULL);
2678 llvm::Value *V, *Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
2679 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, ST->getPointerTo());
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002680 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrLo,
2681 DblPtrTy));
2682 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0));
2683 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegAddrHi,
2684 DblPtrTy));
2685 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1));
2686 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp,
2687 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002688 }
2689
2690 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 5. Set:
2691 // l->gp_offset = l->gp_offset + num_gp * 8
2692 // l->fp_offset = l->fp_offset + num_fp * 16.
2693 if (neededInt) {
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002694 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededInt * 8);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002695 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(gp_offset, Offset),
2696 gp_offset_p);
2697 }
2698 if (neededSSE) {
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00002699 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededSSE * 16);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002700 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(fp_offset, Offset),
2701 fp_offset_p);
2702 }
2703 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
2704
2705 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory.
2706
2707 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock);
2708 llvm::Value *MemAddr = EmitVAArgFromMemory(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
2709
2710 // Return the appropriate result.
2711
2712 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
Jay Foad20c0f022011-03-30 11:28:58 +00002713 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(RegAddr->getType(), 2,
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002714 "vaarg.addr");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002715 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
2716 ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002717 return ResAddr;
2718}
2719
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00002720ABIArgInfo WinX86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, bool IsReturnType) const {
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00002721
2722 if (Ty->isVoidType())
2723 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2724
2725 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2726 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2727
2728 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
2729
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00002730 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
2731 if (RT) {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00002732 if (!IsReturnType) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00002733 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00002734 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
2735 }
2736
2737 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00002738 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
2739
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00002740 // FIXME: mingw-w64-gcc emits 128-bit struct as i128
Saleem Abdulrasool377066a2014-03-27 22:50:18 +00002741 if (Size == 128 && getTarget().getTriple().isWindowsGNUEnvironment())
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00002742 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2743 Size));
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00002744 }
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00002745
Reid Klecknerec87fec2014-05-02 01:17:12 +00002746 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
Reid Kleckner7f5f0f32014-05-02 01:14:59 +00002747 // If the member pointer is represented by an LLVM int or ptr, pass it
2748 // directly.
2749 llvm::Type *LLTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
2750 if (LLTy->isPointerTy() || LLTy->isIntegerTy())
2751 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00002752 }
2753
2754 if (RT || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00002755 // MS x64 ABI requirement: "Any argument that doesn't fit in 8 bytes, or is
2756 // not 1, 2, 4, or 8 bytes, must be passed by reference."
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00002757 if (Size > 64 || !llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Size))
2758 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00002759
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00002760 // Otherwise, coerce it to a small integer.
2761 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00002762 }
2763
2764 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
2765 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2766
2767 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
2768}
2769
2770void WinX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00002771 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
2772 FI.getReturnInfo() = classify(FI.getReturnType(), true);
Reid Kleckner37abaca2014-05-09 22:46:15 +00002773
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00002774 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
2775 I.info = classify(I.type, false);
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00002776}
2777
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00002778llvm::Value *WinX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2779 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00002780 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002781
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00002782 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
2783 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
2784 "ap");
2785 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
2786 llvm::Type *PTy =
2787 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
2788 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
2789
2790 uint64_t Offset =
2791 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 8);
2792 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
2793 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
2794 "ap.next");
2795 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
2796
2797 return AddrTyped;
2798}
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00002799
Benjamin Kramer1cdb23d2012-10-20 13:02:06 +00002800namespace {
2801
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00002802class NaClX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
2803 public:
2804 NaClX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
2805 : ABIInfo(CGT), PInfo(CGT), NInfo(CGT, HasAVX) {}
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002806 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
2807 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2808 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00002809 private:
2810 PNaClABIInfo PInfo; // Used for generating calls with pnaclcall callingconv.
2811 X86_64ABIInfo NInfo; // Used for everything else.
2812};
2813
2814class NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
2815 public:
2816 NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasAVX)
2817 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NaClX86_64ABIInfo(CGT, HasAVX)) {}
2818};
2819
Benjamin Kramer1cdb23d2012-10-20 13:02:06 +00002820}
2821
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00002822void NaClX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
2823 if (FI.getASTCallingConvention() == CC_PnaclCall)
2824 PInfo.computeInfo(FI);
2825 else
2826 NInfo.computeInfo(FI);
2827}
2828
2829llvm::Value *NaClX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2830 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
2831 // Always use the native convention; calling pnacl-style varargs functions
2832 // is unuspported.
2833 return NInfo.EmitVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
2834}
2835
2836
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002837// PowerPC-32
2838
2839namespace {
2840class PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
2841public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002842 PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002843
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002844 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002845 // This is recovered from gcc output.
2846 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
2847 }
2848
2849 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002850 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002851};
2852
2853}
2854
2855bool
2856PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
2857 llvm::Value *Address) const {
2858 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
2859 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
2860
2861 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002862
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00002863 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002864 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
2865 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
2866 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16);
2867
2868 // 0-31: r0-31, the 4-byte general-purpose registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00002869 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 31);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002870
2871 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00002872 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002873
2874 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers:
2875 // 64: mq
2876 // 65: lr
2877 // 66: ctr
2878 // 67: ap
2879 // 68-75 cr0-7
2880 // 76: xer
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00002881 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002882
2883 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00002884 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002885
2886 // 109: vrsave
2887 // 110: vscr
2888 // 111: spe_acc
2889 // 112: spefscr
2890 // 113: sfp
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00002891 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002892
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002893 return false;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00002894}
2895
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00002896// PowerPC-64
2897
2898namespace {
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00002899/// PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 64-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information.
2900class PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00002901public:
2902 enum ABIKind {
2903 ELFv1 = 0,
2904 ELFv2
2905 };
2906
2907private:
2908 static const unsigned GPRBits = 64;
2909 ABIKind Kind;
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00002910
2911public:
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00002912 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind)
2913 : DefaultABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {}
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00002914
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00002915 bool isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const;
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00002916 bool isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty) const;
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00002917 bool isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base,
2918 uint64_t &Members) const;
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00002919
2920 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
2921 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
2922
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00002923 // TODO: We can add more logic to computeInfo to improve performance.
2924 // Example: For aggregate arguments that fit in a register, we could
2925 // use getDirectInReg (as is done below for structs containing a single
2926 // floating-point value) to avoid pushing them to memory on function
2927 // entry. This would require changing the logic in PPCISelLowering
2928 // when lowering the parameters in the caller and args in the callee.
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002929 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00002930 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
2931 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00002932 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00002933 // We rely on the default argument classification for the most part.
2934 // One exception: An aggregate containing a single floating-point
Bill Schmidt179afae2013-07-23 22:15:57 +00002935 // or vector item must be passed in a register if one is available.
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00002936 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(I.type, getContext());
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00002937 if (T) {
2938 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00002939 if ((T->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(T) == 128) ||
2940 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint())) {
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00002941 QualType QT(T, 0);
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00002942 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CGT.ConvertType(QT));
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00002943 continue;
2944 }
2945 }
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00002946 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00002947 }
2948 }
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00002949
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002950 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
2951 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00002952};
2953
2954class PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
2955public:
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00002956 PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT,
2957 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
2958 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {}
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00002959
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002960 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00002961 // This is recovered from gcc output.
2962 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
2963 }
2964
2965 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002966 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00002967};
2968
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00002969class PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
2970public:
2971 PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
2972
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002973 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00002974 // This is recovered from gcc output.
2975 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
2976 }
2977
2978 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00002979 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00002980};
2981
2982}
2983
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00002984// Return true if the ABI requires Ty to be passed sign- or zero-
2985// extended to 64 bits.
2986bool
2987PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const {
2988 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2989 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2990 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2991
2992 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI.
2993 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
2994 return true;
2995
2996 // In addition to the usual promotable integer types, we also need to
2997 // extend all 32-bit types, since the ABI requires promotion to 64 bits.
2998 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
2999 switch (BT->getKind()) {
3000 case BuiltinType::Int:
3001 case BuiltinType::UInt:
3002 return true;
3003 default:
3004 break;
3005 }
3006
3007 return false;
3008}
3009
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003010/// isAlignedParamType - Determine whether a type requires 16-byte
3011/// alignment in the parameter area.
3012bool
3013PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isAlignedParamType(QualType Ty) const {
3014 // Complex types are passed just like their elements.
3015 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
3016 Ty = CTy->getElementType();
3017
3018 // Only vector types of size 16 bytes need alignment (larger types are
3019 // passed via reference, smaller types are not aligned).
3020 if (Ty->isVectorType())
3021 return getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 128;
3022
3023 // For single-element float/vector structs, we consider the whole type
3024 // to have the same alignment requirements as its single element.
3025 const Type *AlignAsType = nullptr;
3026 const Type *EltType = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext());
3027 if (EltType) {
3028 const BuiltinType *BT = EltType->getAs<BuiltinType>();
3029 if ((EltType->isVectorType() &&
3030 getContext().getTypeSize(EltType) == 128) ||
3031 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint()))
3032 AlignAsType = EltType;
3033 }
3034
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003035 // Likewise for ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates.
3036 const Type *Base = nullptr;
3037 uint64_t Members = 0;
3038 if (!AlignAsType && Kind == ELFv2 &&
3039 isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members))
3040 AlignAsType = Base;
3041
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003042 // With special case aggregates, only vector base types need alignment.
3043 if (AlignAsType)
3044 return AlignAsType->isVectorType();
3045
3046 // Otherwise, we only need alignment for any aggregate type that
3047 // has an alignment requirement of >= 16 bytes.
3048 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) >= 128)
3049 return true;
3050
3051 return false;
3052}
3053
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003054/// isHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an ELFv2 homogeneous
3055/// aggregate. Base is set to the base element type, and Members is set
3056/// to the number of base elements.
3057bool
3058PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base,
3059 uint64_t &Members) const {
3060 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
3061 uint64_t NElements = AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
3062 if (NElements == 0)
3063 return false;
3064 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Members))
3065 return false;
3066 Members *= NElements;
3067 } else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
3068 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
3069 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
3070 return false;
3071
3072 Members = 0;
3073 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
3074 // Ignore (non-zero arrays of) empty records.
3075 QualType FT = FD->getType();
3076 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT =
3077 getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
3078 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() == 0)
3079 return false;
3080 FT = AT->getElementType();
3081 }
3082 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), FT, true))
3083 continue;
3084
3085 // For compatibility with GCC, ignore empty bitfields in C++ mode.
3086 if (getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3087 FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0)
3088 continue;
3089
3090 uint64_t FldMembers;
3091 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, FldMembers))
3092 return false;
3093
3094 Members = (RD->isUnion() ?
3095 std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers);
3096 }
3097
3098 if (!Base)
3099 return false;
3100
3101 // Ensure there is no padding.
3102 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) * Members !=
3103 getContext().getTypeSize(Ty))
3104 return false;
3105 } else {
3106 Members = 1;
3107 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3108 Members = 2;
3109 Ty = CT->getElementType();
3110 }
3111
3112 // Homogeneous aggregates for ELFv2 must have base types of float,
3113 // double, long double, or 128-bit vectors.
3114 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
3115 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Float &&
3116 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double &&
3117 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::LongDouble)
3118 return false;
3119 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
3120 if (getContext().getTypeSize(VT) != 128)
3121 return false;
3122 } else {
3123 return false;
3124 }
3125
3126 // The base type must be the same for all members. Types that
3127 // agree in both total size and mode (float vs. vector) are
3128 // treated as being equivalent here.
3129 const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr();
3130 if (!Base)
3131 Base = TyPtr;
3132
3133 if (Base->isVectorType() != TyPtr->isVectorType() ||
3134 getContext().getTypeSize(Base) != getContext().getTypeSize(TyPtr))
3135 return false;
3136 }
3137
3138 // Vector types require one register, floating point types require one
3139 // or two registers depending on their size.
3140 uint32_t NumRegs = Base->isVectorType() ? 1 :
3141 (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) + 63) / 64;
3142
3143 // Homogeneous Aggregates may occupy at most 8 registers.
3144 return (Members > 0 && Members * NumRegs <= 8);
3145}
3146
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003147ABIArgInfo
3148PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Bill Schmidt90b22c92012-11-27 02:46:43 +00003149 if (Ty->isAnyComplexType())
3150 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3151
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00003152 // Non-Altivec vector types are passed in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes)
3153 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes).
3154 if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
3155 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3156 if (Size > 128)
3157 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3158 else if (Size < 128) {
3159 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
3160 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3161 }
3162 }
3163
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003164 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00003165 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00003166 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003167
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003168 uint64_t ABIAlign = isAlignedParamType(Ty)? 16 : 8;
3169 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003170
3171 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are passed as array types.
3172 const Type *Base = nullptr;
3173 uint64_t Members = 0;
3174 if (Kind == ELFv2 &&
3175 isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
3176 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
3177 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members);
3178 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3179 }
3180
Ulrich Weigand601957f2014-07-21 00:56:36 +00003181 // If an aggregate may end up fully in registers, we do not
3182 // use the ByVal method, but pass the aggregate as array.
3183 // This is usually beneficial since we avoid forcing the
3184 // back-end to store the argument to memory.
3185 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3186 if (Bits > 0 && Bits <= 8 * GPRBits) {
3187 llvm::Type *CoerceTy;
3188
3189 // Types up to 8 bytes are passed as integer type (which will be
3190 // properly aligned in the argument save area doubleword).
3191 if (Bits <= GPRBits)
3192 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
3193 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8));
3194 // Larger types are passed as arrays, with the base type selected
3195 // according to the required alignment in the save area.
3196 else {
3197 uint64_t RegBits = ABIAlign * 8;
3198 uint64_t NumRegs = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, RegBits) / RegBits;
3199 llvm::Type *RegTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), RegBits);
3200 CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(RegTy, NumRegs);
3201 }
3202
3203 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3204 }
3205
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003206 // All other aggregates are passed ByVal.
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003207 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(ABIAlign, /*ByVal=*/true,
3208 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign);
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003209 }
3210
3211 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(Ty) ?
3212 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3213}
3214
3215ABIArgInfo
3216PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
3217 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
3218 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3219
Bill Schmidta3d121c2012-12-17 04:20:17 +00003220 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
3221 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3222
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00003223 // Non-Altivec vector types are returned in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes)
3224 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes).
3225 if (RetTy->isVectorType()) {
3226 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
3227 if (Size > 128)
3228 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3229 else if (Size < 128) {
3230 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
3231 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3232 }
3233 }
3234
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003235 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
3236 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are returned as array types.
3237 const Type *Base = nullptr;
3238 uint64_t Members = 0;
3239 if (Kind == ELFv2 &&
3240 isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) {
3241 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
3242 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members);
3243 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3244 }
3245
3246 // ELFv2 small aggregates are returned in up to two registers.
3247 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
3248 if (Kind == ELFv2 && Bits <= 2 * GPRBits) {
3249 if (Bits == 0)
3250 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3251
3252 llvm::Type *CoerceTy;
3253 if (Bits > GPRBits) {
3254 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), GPRBits);
3255 CoerceTy = llvm::StructType::get(CoerceTy, CoerceTy, NULL);
3256 } else
3257 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
3258 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8));
3259 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3260 }
3261
3262 // All other aggregates are returned indirectly.
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003263 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003264 }
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003265
3266 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(RetTy) ?
3267 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3268}
3269
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003270// Based on ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg, adjusted for 64-bit machine.
3271llvm::Value *PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr,
3272 QualType Ty,
3273 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3274 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
3275 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
3276
3277 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3278 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
3279 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
3280
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003281 // Handle types that require 16-byte alignment in the parameter save area.
3282 if (isAlignedParamType(Ty)) {
3283 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3284 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(15));
3285 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(-16));
3286 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align");
3287 }
3288
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003289 // Update the va_list pointer. The pointer should be bumped by the
3290 // size of the object. We can trust getTypeSize() except for a complex
3291 // type whose base type is smaller than a doubleword. For these, the
3292 // size of the object is 16 bytes; see below for further explanation.
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003293 unsigned SizeInBytes = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003294 QualType BaseTy;
3295 unsigned CplxBaseSize = 0;
3296
3297 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3298 BaseTy = CTy->getElementType();
3299 CplxBaseSize = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(BaseTy) / 8;
3300 if (CplxBaseSize < 8)
3301 SizeInBytes = 16;
3302 }
3303
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003304 unsigned Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(SizeInBytes, 8);
3305 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
3306 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset),
3307 "ap.next");
3308 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
3309
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003310 // If we have a complex type and the base type is smaller than 8 bytes,
3311 // the ABI calls for the real and imaginary parts to be right-adjusted
3312 // in separate doublewords. However, Clang expects us to produce a
3313 // pointer to a structure with the two parts packed tightly. So generate
3314 // loads of the real and imaginary parts relative to the va_list pointer,
3315 // and store them to a temporary structure.
3316 if (CplxBaseSize && CplxBaseSize < 8) {
3317 llvm::Value *RealAddr = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3318 llvm::Value *ImagAddr = RealAddr;
Ulrich Weigandbebc55b2014-06-20 16:37:40 +00003319 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) {
3320 RealAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(RealAddr, Builder.getInt64(8 - CplxBaseSize));
3321 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(16 - CplxBaseSize));
3322 } else {
3323 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateAdd(ImagAddr, Builder.getInt64(8));
3324 }
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00003325 llvm::Type *PBaseTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(BaseTy));
3326 RealAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(RealAddr, PBaseTy);
3327 ImagAddr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(ImagAddr, PBaseTy);
3328 llvm::Value *Real = Builder.CreateLoad(RealAddr, false, ".vareal");
3329 llvm::Value *Imag = Builder.CreateLoad(ImagAddr, false, ".vaimag");
3330 llvm::Value *Ptr = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty),
3331 "vacplx");
3332 llvm::Value *RealPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr, 0, ".real");
3333 llvm::Value *ImagPtr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(Ptr, 1, ".imag");
3334 Builder.CreateStore(Real, RealPtr, false);
3335 Builder.CreateStore(Imag, ImagPtr, false);
3336 return Ptr;
3337 }
3338
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003339 // If the argument is smaller than 8 bytes, it is right-adjusted in
3340 // its doubleword slot. Adjust the pointer to pick it up from the
3341 // correct offset.
Ulrich Weigandbebc55b2014-06-20 16:37:40 +00003342 if (SizeInBytes < 8 && CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) {
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003343 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3344 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt64(8 - SizeInBytes));
3345 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP);
3346 }
3347
3348 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
3349 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
3350}
3351
3352static bool
3353PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3354 llvm::Value *Address) {
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003355 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
3356 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
3357
3358 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3359
3360 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
3361 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
3362 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
3363 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16);
3364
3365 // 0-31: r0-31, the 8-byte general-purpose registers
3366 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31);
3367
3368 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers
3369 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63);
3370
3371 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers:
3372 // 64: mq
3373 // 65: lr
3374 // 66: ctr
3375 // 67: ap
3376 // 68-75 cr0-7
3377 // 76: xer
3378 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76);
3379
3380 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers
3381 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108);
3382
3383 // 109: vrsave
3384 // 110: vscr
3385 // 111: spe_acc
3386 // 112: spefscr
3387 // 113: sfp
3388 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113);
3389
3390 return false;
3391}
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003392
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003393bool
3394PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(
3395 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3396 llvm::Value *Address) const {
3397
3398 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address);
3399}
3400
3401bool
3402PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3403 llvm::Value *Address) const {
3404
3405 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address);
3406}
3407
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00003408//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003409// AArch64 ABI Implementation
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003410//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3411
3412namespace {
3413
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003414class AArch64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003415public:
3416 enum ABIKind {
3417 AAPCS = 0,
3418 DarwinPCS
3419 };
3420
3421private:
3422 ABIKind Kind;
3423
3424public:
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003425 AArch64ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {}
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003426
3427private:
3428 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; }
3429 bool isDarwinPCS() const { return Kind == DarwinPCS; }
3430
3431 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
3432 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, unsigned &AllocatedVFP,
3433 bool &IsHA, unsigned &AllocatedGPR,
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003434 bool &IsSmallAggr, bool IsNamedArg) const;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003435 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
3436
3437 virtual void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
3438 // To correctly handle Homogeneous Aggregate, we need to keep track of the
3439 // number of SIMD and Floating-point registers allocated so far.
3440 // If the argument is an HFA or an HVA and there are sufficient unallocated
3441 // SIMD and Floating-point registers, then the argument is allocated to SIMD
3442 // and Floating-point Registers (with one register per member of the HFA or
3443 // HVA). Otherwise, the NSRN is set to 8.
3444 unsigned AllocatedVFP = 0;
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003445
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003446 // To correctly handle small aggregates, we need to keep track of the number
3447 // of GPRs allocated so far. If the small aggregate can't all fit into
3448 // registers, it will be on stack. We don't allow the aggregate to be
3449 // partially in registers.
3450 unsigned AllocatedGPR = 0;
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003451
3452 // Find the number of named arguments. Variadic arguments get special
3453 // treatment with the Darwin ABI.
3454 unsigned NumRequiredArgs = (FI.isVariadic() ?
3455 FI.getRequiredArgs().getNumRequiredArgs() :
3456 FI.arg_size());
3457
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003458 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3459 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003460 for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end();
3461 it != ie; ++it) {
3462 unsigned PreAllocation = AllocatedVFP, PreGPR = AllocatedGPR;
3463 bool IsHA = false, IsSmallAggr = false;
3464 const unsigned NumVFPs = 8;
3465 const unsigned NumGPRs = 8;
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003466 bool IsNamedArg = ((it - FI.arg_begin()) <
3467 static_cast<signed>(NumRequiredArgs));
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003468 it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, AllocatedVFP, IsHA,
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003469 AllocatedGPR, IsSmallAggr, IsNamedArg);
Tim Northover5ffc0922014-04-17 10:20:38 +00003470
3471 // Under AAPCS the 64-bit stack slot alignment means we can't pass HAs
3472 // as sequences of floats since they'll get "holes" inserted as
3473 // padding by the back end.
Tim Northover07f16242014-04-18 10:47:44 +00003474 if (IsHA && AllocatedVFP > NumVFPs && !isDarwinPCS() &&
3475 getContext().getTypeAlign(it->type) < 64) {
3476 uint32_t NumStackSlots = getContext().getTypeSize(it->type);
3477 NumStackSlots = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(NumStackSlots, 64) / 64;
Tim Northover5ffc0922014-04-17 10:20:38 +00003478
Tim Northover07f16242014-04-18 10:47:44 +00003479 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(
3480 llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()), NumStackSlots);
3481 it->info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
Tim Northover5ffc0922014-04-17 10:20:38 +00003482 }
3483
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003484 // If we do not have enough VFP registers for the HA, any VFP registers
3485 // that are unallocated are marked as unavailable. To achieve this, we add
3486 // padding of (NumVFPs - PreAllocation) floats.
3487 if (IsHA && AllocatedVFP > NumVFPs && PreAllocation < NumVFPs) {
3488 llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(
3489 llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), NumVFPs - PreAllocation);
Tim Northover5ffc0922014-04-17 10:20:38 +00003490 it->info.setPaddingType(PaddingTy);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003491 }
Tim Northover5ffc0922014-04-17 10:20:38 +00003492
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003493 // If we do not have enough GPRs for the small aggregate, any GPR regs
3494 // that are unallocated are marked as unavailable.
3495 if (IsSmallAggr && AllocatedGPR > NumGPRs && PreGPR < NumGPRs) {
3496 llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(
3497 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), NumGPRs - PreGPR);
3498 it->info =
3499 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(it->info.getCoerceToType(), 0, PaddingTy);
3500 }
3501 }
3502 }
3503
3504 llvm::Value *EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3505 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const;
3506
3507 llvm::Value *EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3508 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const;
3509
3510 virtual llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3511 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3512 return isDarwinPCS() ? EmitDarwinVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF)
3513 : EmitAAPCSVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
3514 }
3515};
3516
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003517class AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003518public:
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003519 AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
3520 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new AArch64ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {}
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003521
3522 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const {
3523 return "mov\tfp, fp\t\t; marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
3524 }
3525
3526 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const { return 31; }
3527
3528 virtual bool doesReturnSlotInterfereWithArgs() const { return false; }
3529};
3530}
3531
3532static bool isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base,
3533 ASTContext &Context,
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003534 uint64_t *HAMembers = nullptr);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003535
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003536ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
3537 unsigned &AllocatedVFP,
3538 bool &IsHA,
3539 unsigned &AllocatedGPR,
3540 bool &IsSmallAggr,
3541 bool IsNamedArg) const {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003542 // Handle illegal vector types here.
3543 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
3544 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3545 if (Size <= 32) {
3546 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
3547 AllocatedGPR++;
3548 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3549 }
3550 if (Size == 64) {
3551 llvm::Type *ResType =
3552 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2);
3553 AllocatedVFP++;
3554 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3555 }
3556 if (Size == 128) {
3557 llvm::Type *ResType =
3558 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4);
3559 AllocatedVFP++;
3560 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
3561 }
3562 AllocatedGPR++;
3563 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3564 }
3565 if (Ty->isVectorType())
3566 // Size of a legal vector should be either 64 or 128.
3567 AllocatedVFP++;
3568 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
3569 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half ||
3570 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
3571 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
3572 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble)
3573 AllocatedVFP++;
3574 }
3575
3576 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
3577 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3578 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
3579 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3580
3581 if (!Ty->isFloatingType() && !Ty->isVectorType()) {
Tim Northoverc801b4a2014-04-15 14:55:11 +00003582 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty);
3583 if (!isDarwinPCS() && Alignment > 64)
3584 AllocatedGPR = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(AllocatedGPR, Alignment / 64);
3585
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003586 int RegsNeeded = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) > 64 ? 2 : 1;
3587 AllocatedGPR += RegsNeeded;
3588 }
3589 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS()
3590 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
3591 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
3592 }
3593
3594 // Structures with either a non-trivial destructor or a non-trivial
3595 // copy constructor are always indirect.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003596 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003597 AllocatedGPR++;
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003598 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/RAA ==
3599 CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003600 }
3601
3602 // Empty records are always ignored on Darwin, but actually passed in C++ mode
3603 // elsewhere for GNU compatibility.
3604 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
3605 if (!getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isDarwinPCS())
3606 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3607
3608 ++AllocatedGPR;
3609 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
3610 }
3611
3612 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) need to be expanded.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003613 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003614 uint64_t Members = 0;
3615 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, getContext(), &Members)) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003616 IsHA = true;
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003617 if (!IsNamedArg && isDarwinPCS()) {
3618 // With the Darwin ABI, variadic arguments are always passed on the stack
3619 // and should not be expanded. Treat variadic HFAs as arrays of doubles.
3620 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3621 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
3622 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64));
3623 }
3624 AllocatedVFP += Members;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003625 return ABIArgInfo::getExpand();
3626 }
3627
3628 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are passed directly in registers or on the stack.
3629 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3630 if (Size <= 128) {
Tim Northoverc801b4a2014-04-15 14:55:11 +00003631 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty);
3632 if (!isDarwinPCS() && Alignment > 64)
3633 AllocatedGPR = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(AllocatedGPR, Alignment / 64);
3634
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003635 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes
3636 AllocatedGPR += Size / 64;
3637 IsSmallAggr = true;
3638 // We use a pair of i64 for 16-byte aggregate with 8-byte alignment.
3639 // For aggregates with 16-byte alignment, we use i128.
Tim Northoverc801b4a2014-04-15 14:55:11 +00003640 if (Alignment < 128 && Size == 128) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003641 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
3642 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64));
3643 }
3644 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
3645 }
3646
3647 AllocatedGPR++;
3648 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
3649}
3650
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003651ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003652 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
3653 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3654
3655 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
3656 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128)
3657 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3658
3659 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
3660 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3661 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
3662 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3663
Tim Northover4dab6982014-04-18 13:46:08 +00003664 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS()
3665 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
3666 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003667 }
3668
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003669 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
3670 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3671
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003672 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003673 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, getContext()))
3674 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) are returned directly.
3675 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3676
3677 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are returned directly in registers or on the stack.
3678 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
3679 if (Size <= 128) {
3680 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes
3681 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
3682 }
3683
3684 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
3685}
3686
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003687/// isIllegalVectorType - check whether the vector type is legal for AArch64.
3688bool AArch64ABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003689 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
3690 // Check whether VT is legal.
3691 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
3692 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
3693 // NumElements should be power of 2 between 1 and 16.
3694 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0 || NumElements > 16)
3695 return true;
3696 return Size != 64 && (Size != 128 || NumElements == 1);
3697 }
3698 return false;
3699}
3700
3701static llvm::Value *EmitAArch64VAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
3702 int AllocatedGPR, int AllocatedVFP,
3703 bool IsIndirect, CodeGenFunction &CGF) {
3704 // The AArch64 va_list type and handling is specified in the Procedure Call
3705 // Standard, section B.4:
3706 //
3707 // struct {
3708 // void *__stack;
3709 // void *__gr_top;
3710 // void *__vr_top;
3711 // int __gr_offs;
3712 // int __vr_offs;
3713 // };
3714
3715 llvm::BasicBlock *MaybeRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.maybe_reg");
3716 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
3717 llvm::BasicBlock *OnStackBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.on_stack");
3718 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
3719 auto &Ctx = CGF.getContext();
3720
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003721 llvm::Value *reg_offs_p = nullptr, *reg_offs = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003722 int reg_top_index;
3723 int RegSize;
3724 if (AllocatedGPR) {
3725 assert(!AllocatedVFP && "Arguments never split between int & VFP regs");
3726 // 3 is the field number of __gr_offs
3727 reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "gr_offs_p");
3728 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "gr_offs");
3729 reg_top_index = 1; // field number for __gr_top
3730 RegSize = 8 * AllocatedGPR;
3731 } else {
3732 assert(!AllocatedGPR && "Argument must go in VFP or int regs");
3733 // 4 is the field number of __vr_offs.
3734 reg_offs_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 4, "vr_offs_p");
3735 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "vr_offs");
3736 reg_top_index = 2; // field number for __vr_top
3737 RegSize = 16 * AllocatedVFP;
3738 }
3739
3740 //=======================================
3741 // Find out where argument was passed
3742 //=======================================
3743
3744 // If reg_offs >= 0 we're already using the stack for this type of
3745 // argument. We don't want to keep updating reg_offs (in case it overflows,
3746 // though anyone passing 2GB of arguments, each at most 16 bytes, deserves
3747 // whatever they get).
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003748 llvm::Value *UsingStack = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003749 UsingStack = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSGE(
3750 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0));
3751
3752 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(UsingStack, OnStackBlock, MaybeRegBlock);
3753
3754 // Otherwise, at least some kind of argument could go in these registers, the
Bob Wilson3abf1692014-04-21 01:23:36 +00003755 // question is whether this particular type is too big.
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003756 CGF.EmitBlock(MaybeRegBlock);
3757
3758 // Integer arguments may need to correct register alignment (for example a
3759 // "struct { __int128 a; };" gets passed in x_2N, x_{2N+1}). In this case we
3760 // align __gr_offs to calculate the potential address.
3761 if (AllocatedGPR && !IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) {
3762 int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
3763
3764 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
3765 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1),
3766 "align_regoffs");
3767 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(
3768 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align),
3769 "aligned_regoffs");
3770 }
3771
3772 // Update the gr_offs/vr_offs pointer for next call to va_arg on this va_list.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003773 llvm::Value *NewOffset = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003774 NewOffset = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
3775 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, RegSize), "new_reg_offs");
3776 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOffset, reg_offs_p);
3777
3778 // Now we're in a position to decide whether this argument really was in
3779 // registers or not.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003780 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003781 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSLE(
3782 NewOffset, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0), "inreg");
3783
3784 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, OnStackBlock);
3785
3786 //=======================================
3787 // Argument was in registers
3788 //=======================================
3789
3790 // Now we emit the code for if the argument was originally passed in
3791 // registers. First start the appropriate block:
3792 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
3793
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003794 llvm::Value *reg_top_p = nullptr, *reg_top = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003795 reg_top_p =
3796 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, reg_top_index, "reg_top_p");
3797 reg_top = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_top_p, "reg_top");
3798 llvm::Value *BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(reg_top, reg_offs);
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003799 llvm::Value *RegAddr = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003800 llvm::Type *MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
3801
3802 if (IsIndirect) {
3803 // If it's been passed indirectly (actually a struct), whatever we find from
3804 // stored registers or on the stack will actually be a struct **.
3805 MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(MemTy);
3806 }
3807
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003808 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003809 uint64_t NumMembers;
James Molloy467be602014-05-07 14:45:55 +00003810 bool IsHFA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Ctx, &NumMembers);
3811 if (IsHFA && NumMembers > 1) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003812 // Homogeneous aggregates passed in registers will have their elements split
3813 // and stored 16-bytes apart regardless of size (they're notionally in qN,
3814 // qN+1, ...). We reload and store into a temporary local variable
3815 // contiguously.
3816 assert(!IsIndirect && "Homogeneous aggregates should be passed directly");
3817 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
3818 llvm::Type *HFATy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, NumMembers);
3819 llvm::Value *Tmp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(HFATy);
3820 int Offset = 0;
3821
3822 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) < 128)
3823 Offset = 16 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Base) / 8;
3824 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumMembers; ++i) {
3825 llvm::Value *BaseOffset =
3826 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 16 * i + Offset);
3827 llvm::Value *LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(BaseAddr, BaseOffset);
3828 LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(
3829 LoadAddr, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BaseTy));
3830 llvm::Value *StoreAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, i);
3831
3832 llvm::Value *Elem = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(LoadAddr);
3833 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Elem, StoreAddr);
3834 }
3835
3836 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(Tmp, MemTy);
3837 } else {
3838 // Otherwise the object is contiguous in memory
3839 unsigned BeAlign = reg_top_index == 2 ? 16 : 8;
James Molloy467be602014-05-07 14:45:55 +00003840 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() &&
3841 (IsHFA || !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) &&
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003842 Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < (BeAlign * 8)) {
3843 int Offset = BeAlign - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
3844 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(BaseAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3845
3846 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
3847 BaseAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be");
3848
3849 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(BaseAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
3850 }
3851
3852 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(BaseAddr, MemTy);
3853 }
3854
3855 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
3856
3857 //=======================================
3858 // Argument was on the stack
3859 //=======================================
3860 CGF.EmitBlock(OnStackBlock);
3861
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003862 llvm::Value *stack_p = nullptr, *OnStackAddr = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003863 stack_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, "stack_p");
3864 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(stack_p, "stack");
3865
3866 // Again, stack arguments may need realigmnent. In this case both integer and
3867 // floating-point ones might be affected.
3868 if (!IsIndirect && Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) > 64) {
3869 int Align = Ctx.getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
3870
3871 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3872
3873 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
3874 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1),
3875 "align_stack");
3876 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(
3877 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -Align),
3878 "align_stack");
3879
3880 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
3881 }
3882
3883 uint64_t StackSize;
3884 if (IsIndirect)
3885 StackSize = 8;
3886 else
3887 StackSize = Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
3888
3889 // All stack slots are 8 bytes
3890 StackSize = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(StackSize, 8);
3891
3892 llvm::Value *StackSizeC = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, StackSize);
3893 llvm::Value *NewStack =
3894 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OnStackAddr, StackSizeC, "new_stack");
3895
3896 // Write the new value of __stack for the next call to va_arg
3897 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewStack, stack_p);
3898
3899 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) &&
3900 Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) < 64) {
3901 int Offset = 8 - Ctx.getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
3902 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3903
3904 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
3905 OnStackAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Offset), "align_be");
3906
3907 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
3908 }
3909
3910 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(OnStackAddr, MemTy);
3911
3912 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
3913
3914 //=======================================
3915 // Tidy up
3916 //=======================================
3917 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
3918
3919 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(MemTy, 2, "vaarg.addr");
3920 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
3921 ResAddr->addIncoming(OnStackAddr, OnStackBlock);
3922
3923 if (IsIndirect)
3924 return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "vaarg.addr");
3925
3926 return ResAddr;
3927}
3928
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003929llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitAAPCSVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003930 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3931
3932 unsigned AllocatedGPR = 0, AllocatedVFP = 0;
3933 bool IsHA = false, IsSmallAggr = false;
Bob Wilson373af732014-04-21 01:23:39 +00003934 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, AllocatedVFP, IsHA, AllocatedGPR,
3935 IsSmallAggr, false /*IsNamedArg*/);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003936
3937 return EmitAArch64VAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, AllocatedGPR, AllocatedVFP,
3938 AI.isIndirect(), CGF);
3939}
3940
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00003941llvm::Value *AArch64ABIInfo::EmitDarwinVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003942 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
3943 // We do not support va_arg for aggregates or illegal vector types.
3944 // Lower VAArg here for these cases and use the LLVM va_arg instruction for
3945 // other cases.
3946 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !isIllegalVectorType(Ty))
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003947 return nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003948
3949 uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
3950 uint64_t Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
3951
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003952 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00003953 bool isHA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, getContext());
3954
3955 bool isIndirect = false;
3956 // Arguments bigger than 16 bytes which aren't homogeneous aggregates should
3957 // be passed indirectly.
3958 if (Size > 16 && !isHA) {
3959 isIndirect = true;
3960 Size = 8;
3961 Align = 8;
3962 }
3963
3964 llvm::Type *BP = llvm::Type::getInt8PtrTy(CGF.getLLVMContext());
3965 llvm::Type *BPP = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BP);
3966
3967 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
3968 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
3969 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
3970
3971 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
3972 // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes.
3973 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
3974 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
3975 }
3976
3977 const uint64_t MinABIAlign = 8;
3978 if (Align > MinABIAlign) {
3979 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1);
3980 Addr = Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, Offset);
3981 llvm::Value *AsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int64Ty);
3982 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, ~(Align - 1));
3983 llvm::Value *Aligned = Builder.CreateAnd(AsInt, Mask);
3984 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(Aligned, BP, "ap.align");
3985 }
3986
3987 uint64_t Offset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, MinABIAlign);
3988 llvm::Value *NextAddr = Builder.CreateGEP(
3989 Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset), "ap.next");
3990 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
3991
3992 if (isIndirect)
3993 Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP));
3994 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
3995 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
3996
3997 return AddrTyped;
3998}
3999
4000//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00004001// ARM ABI Implementation
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00004002//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00004003
4004namespace {
4005
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004006class ARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004007public:
4008 enum ABIKind {
4009 APCS = 0,
4010 AAPCS = 1,
4011 AAPCS_VFP
4012 };
4013
4014private:
4015 ABIKind Kind;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004016 mutable int VFPRegs[16];
4017 const unsigned NumVFPs;
4018 const unsigned NumGPRs;
4019 mutable unsigned AllocatedGPRs;
4020 mutable unsigned AllocatedVFPs;
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004021
4022public:
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004023 ARMABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind _Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(_Kind),
4024 NumVFPs(16), NumGPRs(4) {
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004025 setRuntimeCC();
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004026 resetAllocatedRegs();
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004027 }
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004028
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004029 bool isEABI() const {
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00004030 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) {
4031 case llvm::Triple::Android:
4032 case llvm::Triple::EABI:
Joerg Sonnenbergerd75a1f82013-12-16 19:16:04 +00004033 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF:
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00004034 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABI:
Joerg Sonnenberger0c1652d2013-12-16 18:30:28 +00004035 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF:
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00004036 return true;
4037 default:
4038 return false;
4039 }
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004040 }
4041
Joerg Sonnenbergerd75a1f82013-12-16 19:16:04 +00004042 bool isEABIHF() const {
4043 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) {
4044 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF:
4045 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF:
4046 return true;
4047 default:
4048 return false;
4049 }
4050 }
4051
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004052 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; }
4053
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00004054private:
Amara Emerson9dc78782014-01-28 10:56:36 +00004055 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic) const;
James Molloy6f244b62014-05-09 16:21:39 +00004056 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic,
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004057 bool &IsCPRC) const;
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004058 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004059
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004060 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004061
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004062 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4063 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004064
4065 llvm::CallingConv::ID getLLVMDefaultCC() const;
4066 llvm::CallingConv::ID getABIDefaultCC() const;
4067 void setRuntimeCC();
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004068
4069 void markAllocatedGPRs(unsigned Alignment, unsigned NumRequired) const;
4070 void markAllocatedVFPs(unsigned Alignment, unsigned NumRequired) const;
4071 void resetAllocatedRegs(void) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004072};
4073
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00004074class ARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
4075public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00004076 ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K)
4077 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new ARMABIInfo(CGT, K)) {}
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00004078
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004079 const ARMABIInfo &getABIInfo() const {
4080 return static_cast<const ARMABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo());
4081 }
4082
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004083 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00004084 return 13;
4085 }
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004086
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004087 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override {
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004088 return "mov\tr7, r7\t\t@ marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
4089 }
4090
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004091 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004092 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004093 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004094
4095 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004096 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 15);
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004097 return false;
4098 }
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004099
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004100 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override {
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004101 if (getABIInfo().isEABI()) return 88;
4102 return TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException();
4103 }
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00004104
4105 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004106 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00004107 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
4108 if (!FD)
4109 return;
4110
4111 const ARMInterruptAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>();
4112 if (!Attr)
4113 return;
4114
4115 const char *Kind;
4116 switch (Attr->getInterrupt()) {
4117 case ARMInterruptAttr::Generic: Kind = ""; break;
4118 case ARMInterruptAttr::IRQ: Kind = "IRQ"; break;
4119 case ARMInterruptAttr::FIQ: Kind = "FIQ"; break;
4120 case ARMInterruptAttr::SWI: Kind = "SWI"; break;
4121 case ARMInterruptAttr::ABORT: Kind = "ABORT"; break;
4122 case ARMInterruptAttr::UNDEF: Kind = "UNDEF"; break;
4123 }
4124
4125 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
4126
4127 Fn->addFnAttr("interrupt", Kind);
4128
4129 if (cast<ARMABIInfo>(getABIInfo()).getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::APCS)
4130 return;
4131
4132 // AAPCS guarantees that sp will be 8-byte aligned on any public interface,
4133 // however this is not necessarily true on taking any interrupt. Instruct
4134 // the backend to perform a realignment as part of the function prologue.
4135 llvm::AttrBuilder B;
4136 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(8);
4137 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
4138 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(),
4139 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
4140 B));
4141 }
4142
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00004143};
4144
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00004145}
4146
Chris Lattner22326a12010-07-29 02:31:05 +00004147void ARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004148 // To correctly handle Homogeneous Aggregate, we need to keep track of the
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004149 // VFP registers allocated so far.
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004150 // C.1.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC and there are sufficient consecutive
4151 // VFP registers of the appropriate type unallocated then the argument is
4152 // allocated to the lowest-numbered sequence of such registers.
4153 // C.2.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC then any VFP registers that are
4154 // unallocated are marked as unavailable.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004155 resetAllocatedRegs();
4156
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00004157 if (getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) {
4158 if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect())
4159 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
4160 } else {
4161 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), FI.isVariadic());
4162 }
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00004163 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004164 unsigned PreAllocationVFPs = AllocatedVFPs;
4165 unsigned PreAllocationGPRs = AllocatedGPRs;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004166 bool IsCPRC = false;
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004167 // 6.1.2.3 There is one VFP co-processor register class using registers
4168 // s0-s15 (d0-d7) for passing arguments.
James Molloy6f244b62014-05-09 16:21:39 +00004169 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, FI.isVariadic(), IsCPRC);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004170
4171 // If we have allocated some arguments onto the stack (due to running
4172 // out of VFP registers), we cannot split an argument between GPRs and
4173 // the stack. If this situation occurs, we add padding to prevent the
Oliver Stannarda3afc692014-05-19 13:10:05 +00004174 // GPRs from being used. In this situation, the current argument could
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004175 // only be allocated by rule C.8, so rule C.6 would mark these GPRs as
4176 // unusable anyway.
Oliver Stannarde0228512014-07-18 09:09:31 +00004177 // We do not have to do this if the argument is being passed ByVal, as the
4178 // backend can handle that situation correctly.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004179 const bool StackUsed = PreAllocationGPRs > NumGPRs || PreAllocationVFPs > NumVFPs;
Oliver Stannarde0228512014-07-18 09:09:31 +00004180 const bool IsByVal = I.info.isIndirect() && I.info.getIndirectByVal();
4181 if (!IsCPRC && PreAllocationGPRs < NumGPRs && AllocatedGPRs > NumGPRs &&
4182 StackUsed && !IsByVal) {
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004183 llvm::Type *PaddingTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(
4184 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), NumGPRs - PreAllocationGPRs);
Oliver Stannarda3afc692014-05-19 13:10:05 +00004185 if (I.info.canHaveCoerceToType()) {
4186 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(I.info.getCoerceToType() /* type */, 0 /* offset */,
4187 PaddingTy);
4188 } else {
4189 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr /* type */, 0 /* offset */,
4190 PaddingTy);
4191 }
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004192 }
4193 }
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004194
Anton Korobeynikov231e8752011-04-14 20:06:49 +00004195 // Always honor user-specified calling convention.
4196 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C)
4197 return;
4198
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004199 llvm::CallingConv::ID cc = getRuntimeCC();
4200 if (cc != llvm::CallingConv::C)
4201 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(cc);
4202}
Rafael Espindolaa92c4422010-06-16 16:13:39 +00004203
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004204/// Return the default calling convention that LLVM will use.
4205llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getLLVMDefaultCC() const {
4206 // The default calling convention that LLVM will infer.
Joerg Sonnenbergerd75a1f82013-12-16 19:16:04 +00004207 if (isEABIHF())
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004208 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
4209 else if (isEABI())
4210 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
4211 else
4212 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS;
4213}
4214
4215/// Return the calling convention that our ABI would like us to use
4216/// as the C calling convention.
4217llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getABIDefaultCC() const {
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004218 switch (getABIKind()) {
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004219 case APCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS;
4220 case AAPCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
4221 case AAPCS_VFP: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004222 }
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004223 llvm_unreachable("bad ABI kind");
4224}
4225
4226void ARMABIInfo::setRuntimeCC() {
4227 assert(getRuntimeCC() == llvm::CallingConv::C);
4228
4229 // Don't muddy up the IR with a ton of explicit annotations if
4230 // they'd just match what LLVM will infer from the triple.
4231 llvm::CallingConv::ID abiCC = getABIDefaultCC();
4232 if (abiCC != getLLVMDefaultCC())
4233 RuntimeCC = abiCC;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004234}
4235
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004236/// isHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an AAPCS-VFP homogeneous
4237/// aggregate. If HAMembers is non-null, the number of base elements
4238/// contained in the type is returned through it; this is used for the
4239/// recursive calls that check aggregate component types.
4240static bool isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base,
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004241 ASTContext &Context, uint64_t *HAMembers) {
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004242 uint64_t Members = 0;
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004243 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
4244 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Context, &Members))
4245 return false;
4246 Members *= AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
4247 } else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
4248 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004249 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004250 return false;
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004251
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004252 Members = 0;
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +00004253 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004254 uint64_t FldMembers;
4255 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, Context, &FldMembers))
4256 return false;
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004257
4258 Members = (RD->isUnion() ?
4259 std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers);
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004260 }
4261 } else {
4262 Members = 1;
4263 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
4264 Members = 2;
4265 Ty = CT->getElementType();
4266 }
4267
4268 // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS-VFP must have base types of float,
4269 // double, or 64-bit or 128-bit vectors.
4270 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4271 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Float &&
Tim Northovereb752d42012-07-20 22:29:29 +00004272 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double &&
4273 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::LongDouble)
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004274 return false;
4275 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4276 unsigned VecSize = Context.getTypeSize(VT);
4277 if (VecSize != 64 && VecSize != 128)
4278 return false;
4279 } else {
4280 return false;
4281 }
4282
4283 // The base type must be the same for all members. Vector types of the
4284 // same total size are treated as being equivalent here.
4285 const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr();
4286 if (!Base)
4287 Base = TyPtr;
Oliver Stannard5e8558f2014-02-07 11:25:57 +00004288
4289 if (Base != TyPtr) {
4290 // Homogeneous aggregates are defined as containing members with the
4291 // same machine type. There are two cases in which two members have
4292 // different TypePtrs but the same machine type:
4293
4294 // 1) Vectors of the same length, regardless of the type and number
4295 // of their members.
4296 const bool SameLengthVectors = Base->isVectorType() && TyPtr->isVectorType()
4297 && (Context.getTypeSize(Base) == Context.getTypeSize(TyPtr));
4298
4299 // 2) In the 32-bit AAPCS, `double' and `long double' have the same
4300 // machine type. This is not the case for the 64-bit AAPCS.
4301 const bool SameSizeDoubles =
4302 ( ( Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)
4303 && TyPtr->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble))
4304 || ( Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble)
4305 && TyPtr->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)))
4306 && (Context.getTypeSize(Base) == Context.getTypeSize(TyPtr));
4307
4308 if (!SameLengthVectors && !SameSizeDoubles)
4309 return false;
4310 }
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004311 }
4312
4313 // Homogeneous Aggregates can have at most 4 members of the base type.
4314 if (HAMembers)
4315 *HAMembers = Members;
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004316
4317 return (Members > 0 && Members <= 4);
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004318}
4319
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004320/// markAllocatedVFPs - update VFPRegs according to the alignment and
4321/// number of VFP registers (unit is S register) requested.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004322void ARMABIInfo::markAllocatedVFPs(unsigned Alignment,
4323 unsigned NumRequired) const {
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004324 // Early Exit.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004325 if (AllocatedVFPs >= 16) {
4326 // We use AllocatedVFP > 16 to signal that some CPRCs were allocated on
4327 // the stack.
4328 AllocatedVFPs = 17;
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004329 return;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004330 }
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004331 // C.1.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC and there are sufficient consecutive
4332 // VFP registers of the appropriate type unallocated then the argument is
4333 // allocated to the lowest-numbered sequence of such registers.
4334 for (unsigned I = 0; I < 16; I += Alignment) {
4335 bool FoundSlot = true;
4336 for (unsigned J = I, JEnd = I + NumRequired; J < JEnd; J++)
4337 if (J >= 16 || VFPRegs[J]) {
4338 FoundSlot = false;
4339 break;
4340 }
4341 if (FoundSlot) {
4342 for (unsigned J = I, JEnd = I + NumRequired; J < JEnd; J++)
4343 VFPRegs[J] = 1;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004344 AllocatedVFPs += NumRequired;
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004345 return;
4346 }
4347 }
4348 // C.2.vfp If the argument is a VFP CPRC then any VFP registers that are
4349 // unallocated are marked as unavailable.
4350 for (unsigned I = 0; I < 16; I++)
4351 VFPRegs[I] = 1;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004352 AllocatedVFPs = 17; // We do not have enough VFP registers.
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004353}
4354
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004355/// Update AllocatedGPRs to record the number of general purpose registers
4356/// which have been allocated. It is valid for AllocatedGPRs to go above 4,
4357/// this represents arguments being stored on the stack.
4358void ARMABIInfo::markAllocatedGPRs(unsigned Alignment,
Oliver Stannard3f32b9b2014-06-27 13:59:27 +00004359 unsigned NumRequired) const {
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004360 assert((Alignment == 1 || Alignment == 2) && "Alignment must be 4 or 8 bytes");
4361
4362 if (Alignment == 2 && AllocatedGPRs & 0x1)
4363 AllocatedGPRs += 1;
4364
4365 AllocatedGPRs += NumRequired;
4366}
4367
4368void ARMABIInfo::resetAllocatedRegs(void) const {
4369 AllocatedGPRs = 0;
4370 AllocatedVFPs = 0;
4371 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumVFPs; ++i)
4372 VFPRegs[i] = 0;
4373}
4374
James Molloy6f244b62014-05-09 16:21:39 +00004375ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, bool isVariadic,
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004376 bool &IsCPRC) const {
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004377 // We update number of allocated VFPs according to
4378 // 6.1.2.1 The following argument types are VFP CPRCs:
4379 // A single-precision floating-point type (including promoted
4380 // half-precision types); A double-precision floating-point type;
4381 // A 64-bit or 128-bit containerized vector type; Homogeneous Aggregate
4382 // with a Base Type of a single- or double-precision floating-point type,
4383 // 64-bit containerized vectors or 128-bit containerized vectors with one
4384 // to four Elements.
4385
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004386 // Handle illegal vector types here.
4387 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
4388 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4389 if (Size <= 32) {
4390 llvm::Type *ResType =
4391 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004392 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004393 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4394 }
4395 if (Size == 64) {
4396 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get(
4397 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004398 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS || isVariadic){
4399 markAllocatedGPRs(2, 2);
4400 } else {
4401 markAllocatedVFPs(2, 2);
4402 IsCPRC = true;
4403 }
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004404 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4405 }
4406 if (Size == 128) {
4407 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get(
4408 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004409 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS || isVariadic) {
4410 markAllocatedGPRs(2, 4);
4411 } else {
4412 markAllocatedVFPs(4, 4);
4413 IsCPRC = true;
4414 }
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004415 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4416 }
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004417 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004418 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
4419 }
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004420 // Update VFPRegs for legal vector types.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004421 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) {
4422 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4423 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4424 // Size of a legal vector should be power of 2 and above 64.
4425 markAllocatedVFPs(Size >= 128 ? 4 : 2, Size / 32);
4426 IsCPRC = true;
4427 }
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004428 }
Manman Renb505d332012-10-31 19:02:26 +00004429 // Update VFPRegs for floating point types.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004430 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) {
4431 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4432 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Half ||
4433 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float) {
4434 markAllocatedVFPs(1, 1);
4435 IsCPRC = true;
4436 }
4437 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
4438 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble) {
4439 markAllocatedVFPs(2, 2);
4440 IsCPRC = true;
4441 }
4442 }
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004443 }
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004444
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00004445 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004446 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004447 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004448 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004449 }
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004450
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004451 unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4452 if (!IsCPRC)
4453 markAllocatedGPRs(Size > 32 ? 2 : 1, (Size + 31) / 32);
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +00004454 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
4455 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004456 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004457
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004458 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
4459 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Tim Northover1060eae2013-06-21 22:49:34 +00004460 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004461 }
Tim Northover1060eae2013-06-21 22:49:34 +00004462
Daniel Dunbar09d33622009-09-14 21:54:03 +00004463 // Ignore empty records.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004464 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
Daniel Dunbar09d33622009-09-14 21:54:03 +00004465 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4466
Amara Emerson9dc78782014-01-28 10:56:36 +00004467 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) {
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004468 // Homogeneous Aggregates need to be expanded when we can fit the aggregate
4469 // into VFP registers.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004470 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004471 uint64_t Members = 0;
4472 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, getContext(), &Members)) {
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004473 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate");
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004474 // Base can be a floating-point or a vector.
4475 if (Base->isVectorType()) {
4476 // ElementSize is in number of floats.
4477 unsigned ElementSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Base) == 64 ? 2 : 4;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004478 markAllocatedVFPs(ElementSize,
Manman Ren77b02382012-11-06 19:05:29 +00004479 Members * ElementSize);
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004480 } else if (Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float))
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004481 markAllocatedVFPs(1, Members);
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004482 else {
4483 assert(Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
4484 Base->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongDouble));
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004485 markAllocatedVFPs(2, Members * 2);
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004486 }
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004487 IsCPRC = true;
James Molloy6f244b62014-05-09 16:21:39 +00004488 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004489 }
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00004490 }
4491
Manman Ren6c30e132012-08-13 21:23:55 +00004492 // Support byval for ARM.
Manman Ren77b02382012-11-06 19:05:29 +00004493 // The ABI alignment for APCS is 4-byte and for AAPCS at least 4-byte and at
4494 // most 8-byte. We realign the indirect argument if type alignment is bigger
4495 // than ABI alignment.
Manman Ren505d68f2012-11-05 22:42:46 +00004496 uint64_t ABIAlign = 4;
4497 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
4498 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP ||
4499 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS)
4500 ABIAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8);
Manman Ren8cd99812012-11-06 04:58:01 +00004501 if (getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty) > CharUnits::fromQuantity(64)) {
Oliver Stannard3f32b9b2014-06-27 13:59:27 +00004502 // Update Allocated GPRs. Since this is only used when the size of the
4503 // argument is greater than 64 bytes, this will always use up any available
4504 // registers (of which there are 4). We also don't care about getting the
4505 // alignment right, because general-purpose registers cannot be back-filled.
4506 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 4);
Oliver Stannard7c3c09e2014-03-12 14:02:50 +00004507 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(TyAlign, /*ByVal=*/true,
Manman Ren77b02382012-11-06 19:05:29 +00004508 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign);
Eli Friedmane66abda2012-08-09 00:31:40 +00004509 }
4510
Daniel Dunbarb34b0802010-09-23 01:54:28 +00004511 // Otherwise, pass by coercing to a structure of the appropriate size.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00004512 llvm::Type* ElemTy;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004513 unsigned SizeRegs;
Eli Friedmane66abda2012-08-09 00:31:40 +00004514 // FIXME: Try to match the types of the arguments more accurately where
4515 // we can.
4516 if (getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) <= 32) {
Bob Wilson8e2b75d2011-08-01 23:39:04 +00004517 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
4518 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004519 markAllocatedGPRs(1, SizeRegs);
Manman Ren6fdb1582012-06-25 22:04:00 +00004520 } else {
Manman Ren6fdb1582012-06-25 22:04:00 +00004521 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
4522 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 63) / 64;
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004523 markAllocatedGPRs(2, SizeRegs * 2);
Stuart Hastingsf2752a32011-04-27 17:24:02 +00004524 }
Stuart Hastings4b214952011-04-28 18:16:06 +00004525
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00004526 llvm::Type *STy =
Chris Lattner845511f2011-06-18 22:49:11 +00004527 llvm::StructType::get(llvm::ArrayType::get(ElemTy, SizeRegs), NULL);
Stuart Hastings4b214952011-04-28 18:16:06 +00004528 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(STy);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004529}
4530
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004531static bool isIntegerLikeType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context,
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004532 llvm::LLVMContext &VMContext) {
4533 // APCS, C Language Calling Conventions, Non-Simple Return Values: A structure
4534 // is called integer-like if its size is less than or equal to one word, and
4535 // the offset of each of its addressable sub-fields is zero.
4536
4537 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
4538
4539 // Check that the type fits in a word.
4540 if (Size > 32)
4541 return false;
4542
4543 // FIXME: Handle vector types!
4544 if (Ty->isVectorType())
4545 return false;
4546
Daniel Dunbard53bac72009-09-14 02:20:34 +00004547 // Float types are never treated as "integer like".
4548 if (Ty->isRealFloatingType())
4549 return false;
4550
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004551 // If this is a builtin or pointer type then it is ok.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004552 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->isPointerType())
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004553 return true;
4554
Daniel Dunbar96ebba52010-02-01 23:31:26 +00004555 // Small complex integer types are "integer like".
4556 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
4557 return isIntegerLikeType(CT->getElementType(), Context, VMContext);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004558
4559 // Single element and zero sized arrays should be allowed, by the definition
4560 // above, but they are not.
4561
4562 // Otherwise, it must be a record type.
4563 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
4564 if (!RT) return false;
4565
4566 // Ignore records with flexible arrays.
4567 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
4568 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
4569 return false;
4570
4571 // Check that all sub-fields are at offset 0, and are themselves "integer
4572 // like".
4573 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
4574
4575 bool HadField = false;
4576 unsigned idx = 0;
4577 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
4578 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
David Blaikie40ed2972012-06-06 20:45:41 +00004579 const FieldDecl *FD = *i;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004580
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004581 // Bit-fields are not addressable, we only need to verify they are "integer
4582 // like". We still have to disallow a subsequent non-bitfield, for example:
4583 // struct { int : 0; int x }
4584 // is non-integer like according to gcc.
4585 if (FD->isBitField()) {
4586 if (!RD->isUnion())
4587 HadField = true;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004588
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004589 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext))
4590 return false;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004591
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004592 continue;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004593 }
4594
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004595 // Check if this field is at offset 0.
4596 if (Layout.getFieldOffset(idx) != 0)
4597 return false;
4598
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004599 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext))
4600 return false;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00004601
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00004602 // Only allow at most one field in a structure. This doesn't match the
4603 // wording above, but follows gcc in situations with a field following an
4604 // empty structure.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004605 if (!RD->isUnion()) {
4606 if (HadField)
4607 return false;
4608
4609 HadField = true;
4610 }
4611 }
4612
4613 return true;
4614}
4615
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004616ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy,
4617 bool isVariadic) const {
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004618 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004619 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004620
Daniel Dunbar19964db2010-09-23 01:54:32 +00004621 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004622 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128) {
4623 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Daniel Dunbar19964db2010-09-23 01:54:32 +00004624 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004625 }
Daniel Dunbar19964db2010-09-23 01:54:32 +00004626
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00004627 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004628 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4629 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
4630 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4631
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +00004632 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
4633 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004634 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004635
4636 // Are we following APCS?
4637 if (getABIKind() == APCS) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004638 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, false))
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004639 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4640
Daniel Dunbareedf1512010-02-01 23:31:19 +00004641 // Complex types are all returned as packed integers.
4642 //
4643 // FIXME: Consider using 2 x vector types if the back end handles them
4644 // correctly.
4645 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00004646 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004647 getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy)));
Daniel Dunbareedf1512010-02-01 23:31:19 +00004648
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004649 // Integer like structures are returned in r0.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004650 if (isIntegerLikeType(RetTy, getContext(), getVMContext())) {
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004651 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004652 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004653 if (Size <= 8)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00004654 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004655 if (Size <= 16)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00004656 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
4657 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004658 }
4659
4660 // Otherwise return in memory.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004661 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004662 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004663 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004664
4665 // Otherwise this is an AAPCS variant.
4666
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004667 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004668 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4669
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00004670 // Check for homogeneous aggregates with AAPCS-VFP.
Amara Emerson9dc78782014-01-28 10:56:36 +00004671 if (getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic) {
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004672 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004673 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, getContext())) {
4674 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate");
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00004675 // Homogeneous Aggregates are returned directly.
4676 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004677 }
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00004678 }
4679
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004680 // Aggregates <= 4 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates
4681 // are returned indirectly.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004682 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004683 if (Size <= 32) {
Christian Pirkerc3d32172014-07-03 09:28:12 +00004684 if (getDataLayout().isBigEndian())
4685 // Return in 32 bit integer integer type (as if loaded by LDR, AAPCS 5.4)
4686 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
4687
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004688 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
4689 if (Size <= 8)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00004690 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004691 if (Size <= 16)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00004692 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
4693 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00004694 }
4695
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004696 markAllocatedGPRs(1, 1);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004697 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004698}
4699
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004700/// isIllegalVector - check whether Ty is an illegal vector type.
4701bool ARMABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
4702 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4703 // Check whether VT is legal.
4704 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
4705 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4706 // NumElements should be power of 2.
4707 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0)
4708 return true;
4709 // Size should be greater than 32 bits.
4710 return Size <= 32;
4711 }
4712 return false;
4713}
4714
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004715llvm::Value *ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00004716 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004717 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
4718 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004719
4720 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004721 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004722 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004723
Tim Northover1711cc92013-06-21 23:05:33 +00004724 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
4725 // These are ignored for parameter passing purposes.
4726 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4727 return Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4728 }
4729
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004730 uint64_t Size = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8;
Rafael Espindola11d994b2011-08-02 22:33:37 +00004731 uint64_t TyAlign = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004732 bool IsIndirect = false;
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004733
4734 // The ABI alignment for 64-bit or 128-bit vectors is 8 for AAPCS and 4 for
4735 // APCS. For AAPCS, the ABI alignment is at least 4-byte and at most 8-byte.
Manman Ren67effb92012-10-16 19:51:48 +00004736 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP ||
4737 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS)
4738 TyAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8);
4739 else
4740 TyAlign = 4;
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004741 // Use indirect if size of the illegal vector is bigger than 16 bytes.
4742 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty) && Size > 16) {
4743 IsIndirect = true;
4744 Size = 4;
4745 TyAlign = 4;
4746 }
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004747
4748 // Handle address alignment for ABI alignment > 4 bytes.
Rafael Espindola11d994b2011-08-02 22:33:37 +00004749 if (TyAlign > 4) {
4750 assert((TyAlign & (TyAlign - 1)) == 0 &&
4751 "Alignment is not power of 2!");
4752 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, CGF.Int32Ty);
4753 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(TyAlign - 1));
4754 AddrAsInt = Builder.CreateAnd(AddrAsInt, Builder.getInt32(~(TyAlign - 1)));
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004755 Addr = Builder.CreateIntToPtr(AddrAsInt, BP, "ap.align");
Rafael Espindola11d994b2011-08-02 22:33:37 +00004756 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004757
4758 uint64_t Offset =
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004759 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 4);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004760 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00004761 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004762 "ap.next");
4763 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
4764
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004765 if (IsIndirect)
4766 Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, BPP));
Manman Ren67effb92012-10-16 19:51:48 +00004767 else if (TyAlign < CGF.getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8) {
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00004768 // We can't directly cast ap.cur to pointer to a vector type, since ap.cur
4769 // may not be correctly aligned for the vector type. We create an aligned
4770 // temporary space and copy the content over from ap.cur to the temporary
4771 // space. This is necessary if the natural alignment of the type is greater
4772 // than the ABI alignment.
4773 llvm::Type *I8PtrTy = Builder.getInt8PtrTy();
4774 CharUnits CharSize = getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty);
4775 llvm::Value *AlignedTemp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(CGF.ConvertType(Ty),
4776 "var.align");
4777 llvm::Value *Dst = Builder.CreateBitCast(AlignedTemp, I8PtrTy);
4778 llvm::Value *Src = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, I8PtrTy);
4779 Builder.CreateMemCpy(Dst, Src,
4780 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.IntPtrTy, CharSize.getQuantity()),
4781 TyAlign, false);
4782 Addr = AlignedTemp; //The content is in aligned location.
4783 }
4784 llvm::Type *PTy =
4785 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
4786 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
4787
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004788 return AddrTyped;
4789}
4790
Benjamin Kramer1cdb23d2012-10-20 13:02:06 +00004791namespace {
4792
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00004793class NaClARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
4794 public:
4795 NaClARMABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
4796 : ABIInfo(CGT), PInfo(CGT), NInfo(CGT, Kind) {}
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004797 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
4798 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4799 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00004800 private:
4801 PNaClABIInfo PInfo; // Used for generating calls with pnaclcall callingconv.
4802 ARMABIInfo NInfo; // Used for everything else.
4803};
4804
4805class NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
4806 public:
4807 NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
4808 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NaClARMABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {}
4809};
4810
Benjamin Kramer1cdb23d2012-10-20 13:02:06 +00004811}
4812
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00004813void NaClARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
4814 if (FI.getASTCallingConvention() == CC_PnaclCall)
4815 PInfo.computeInfo(FI);
4816 else
4817 static_cast<const ABIInfo&>(NInfo).computeInfo(FI);
4818}
4819
4820llvm::Value *NaClARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4821 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
4822 // Always use the native convention; calling pnacl-style varargs functions
4823 // is unsupported.
4824 return static_cast<const ABIInfo&>(NInfo).EmitVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
4825}
4826
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00004827//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004828// NVPTX ABI Implementation
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004829//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4830
4831namespace {
4832
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004833class NVPTXABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004834public:
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00004835 NVPTXABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004836
4837 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
4838 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
4839
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004840 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
4841 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4842 CodeGenFunction &CFG) const override;
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004843};
4844
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004845class NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004846public:
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004847 NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
4848 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NVPTXABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004849
4850 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
4851 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00004852private:
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00004853 // Adds a NamedMDNode with F, Name, and Operand as operands, and adds the
4854 // resulting MDNode to the nvvm.annotations MDNode.
4855 static void addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name, int Operand);
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004856};
4857
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004858ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004859 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
4860 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00004861
4862 // note: this is different from default ABI
4863 if (!RetTy->isScalarType())
4864 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
4865
4866 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4867 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
4868 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4869
4870 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
4871 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004872}
4873
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004874ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00004875 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4876 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
4877 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004878
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00004879 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
4880 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004881}
4882
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004883void NVPTXABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00004884 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
4885 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00004886 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
4887 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004888
4889 // Always honor user-specified calling convention.
4890 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C)
4891 return;
4892
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004893 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(getRuntimeCC());
4894}
4895
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004896llvm::Value *NVPTXABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4897 CodeGenFunction &CFG) const {
4898 llvm_unreachable("NVPTX does not support varargs");
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004899}
4900
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00004901void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::
4902SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
4903 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const{
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00004904 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
4905 if (!FD) return;
4906
4907 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
4908
4909 // Perform special handling in OpenCL mode
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004910 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00004911 // Use OpenCL function attributes to check for kernel functions
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00004912 // By default, all functions are device functions
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00004913 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00004914 // OpenCL __kernel functions get kernel metadata
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00004915 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node
4916 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1);
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00004917 // And kernel functions are not subject to inlining
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00004918 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00004919 }
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00004920 }
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00004921
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00004922 // Perform special handling in CUDA mode.
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00004923 if (M.getLangOpts().CUDA) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00004924 // CUDA __global__ functions get a kernel metadata entry. Since
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00004925 // __global__ functions cannot be called from the device, we do not
4926 // need to set the noinline attribute.
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00004927 if (FD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) {
4928 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node
4929 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1);
4930 }
4931 if (FD->hasAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()) {
4932 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"maxntidx", i32 <val>} node
4933 addNVVMMetadata(F, "maxntidx",
4934 FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()->getMaxThreads());
4935 // min blocks is a default argument for CUDALaunchBoundsAttr, so getting a
4936 // zero value from getMinBlocks either means it was not specified in
4937 // __launch_bounds__ or the user specified a 0 value. In both cases, we
4938 // don't have to add a PTX directive.
4939 int MinCTASM = FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()->getMinBlocks();
4940 if (MinCTASM > 0) {
4941 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"minctasm", i32 <val>} node
4942 addNVVMMetadata(F, "minctasm", MinCTASM);
4943 }
4944 }
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00004945 }
4946}
4947
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00004948void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name,
4949 int Operand) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00004950 llvm::Module *M = F->getParent();
4951 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = M->getContext();
4952
4953 // Get "nvvm.annotations" metadata node
4954 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD = M->getOrInsertNamedMetadata("nvvm.annotations");
4955
Eli Benderskye1627b42014-04-15 17:19:26 +00004956 llvm::Value *MDVals[] = {
4957 F, llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Name),
4958 llvm::ConstantInt::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(Ctx), Operand)};
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00004959 // Append metadata to nvvm.annotations
4960 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals));
4961}
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00004962}
4963
4964//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00004965// SystemZ ABI Implementation
4966//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4967
4968namespace {
4969
4970class SystemZABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
4971public:
4972 SystemZABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
4973
4974 bool isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const;
4975 bool isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const;
4976 bool isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
4977
4978 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
4979 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType ArgTy) const;
4980
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004981 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00004982 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
4983 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00004984 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
4985 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00004986 }
4987
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004988 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4989 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00004990};
4991
4992class SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
4993public:
4994 SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
4995 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SystemZABIInfo(CGT)) {}
4996};
4997
4998}
4999
5000bool SystemZABIInfo::isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const {
5001 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5002 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5003 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5004
5005 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI.
5006 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
5007 return true;
5008
5009 // 32-bit values must also be promoted.
5010 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
5011 switch (BT->getKind()) {
5012 case BuiltinType::Int:
5013 case BuiltinType::UInt:
5014 return true;
5015 default:
5016 return false;
5017 }
5018 return false;
5019}
5020
5021bool SystemZABIInfo::isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const {
5022 return Ty->isAnyComplexType() || isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty);
5023}
5024
5025bool SystemZABIInfo::isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5026 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
5027 switch (BT->getKind()) {
5028 case BuiltinType::Float:
5029 case BuiltinType::Double:
5030 return true;
5031 default:
5032 return false;
5033 }
5034
5035 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAsStructureType()) {
5036 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5037 bool Found = false;
5038
5039 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
5040 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00005041 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
5042 QualType Base = I.getType();
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005043
5044 // Empty bases don't affect things either way.
5045 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Base, true))
5046 continue;
5047
5048 if (Found)
5049 return false;
5050 Found = isFPArgumentType(Base);
5051 if (!Found)
5052 return false;
5053 }
5054
5055 // Check the fields.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +00005056 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005057 // Empty bitfields don't affect things either way.
5058 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), empty structure and array fields
5059 // do count. So do anonymous bitfields that aren't zero-sized.
5060 if (FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0)
5061 return true;
5062
5063 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), arrays do not count.
5064 // Nested isFPArgumentType structures still do though.
5065 if (Found)
5066 return false;
5067 Found = isFPArgumentType(FD->getType());
5068 if (!Found)
5069 return false;
5070 }
5071
5072 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), trailing padding is allowed.
5073 // An 8-byte aligned struct s { float f; } is passed as a double.
5074 return Found;
5075 }
5076
5077 return false;
5078}
5079
5080llvm::Value *SystemZABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5081 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
5082 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type:
5083 // struct {
5084 // i64 __gpr;
5085 // i64 __fpr;
5086 // i8 *__overflow_arg_area;
5087 // i8 *__reg_save_area;
5088 // };
5089
5090 // Every argument occupies 8 bytes and is passed by preference in either
5091 // GPRs or FPRs.
5092 Ty = CGF.getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty);
5093 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
5094 bool InFPRs = isFPArgumentType(Ty);
5095
5096 llvm::Type *APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
5097 bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect();
5098 unsigned UnpaddedBitSize;
5099 if (IsIndirect) {
5100 APTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(APTy);
5101 UnpaddedBitSize = 64;
5102 } else
5103 UnpaddedBitSize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5104 unsigned PaddedBitSize = 64;
5105 assert((UnpaddedBitSize <= PaddedBitSize) && "Invalid argument size.");
5106
5107 unsigned PaddedSize = PaddedBitSize / 8;
5108 unsigned Padding = (PaddedBitSize - UnpaddedBitSize) / 8;
5109
5110 unsigned MaxRegs, RegCountField, RegSaveIndex, RegPadding;
5111 if (InFPRs) {
5112 MaxRegs = 4; // Maximum of 4 FPR arguments
5113 RegCountField = 1; // __fpr
5114 RegSaveIndex = 16; // save offset for f0
5115 RegPadding = 0; // floats are passed in the high bits of an FPR
5116 } else {
5117 MaxRegs = 5; // Maximum of 5 GPR arguments
5118 RegCountField = 0; // __gpr
5119 RegSaveIndex = 2; // save offset for r2
5120 RegPadding = Padding; // values are passed in the low bits of a GPR
5121 }
5122
5123 llvm::Value *RegCountPtr =
5124 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, RegCountField, "reg_count_ptr");
5125 llvm::Value *RegCount = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegCountPtr, "reg_count");
5126 llvm::Type *IndexTy = RegCount->getType();
5127 llvm::Value *MaxRegsV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, MaxRegs);
5128 llvm::Value *InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULT(RegCount, MaxRegsV,
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00005129 "fits_in_regs");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005130
5131 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
5132 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem");
5133 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
5134 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock);
5135
5136 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers.
5137 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
5138
5139 // Work out the address of an argument register.
5140 llvm::Value *PaddedSizeV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, PaddedSize);
5141 llvm::Value *ScaledRegCount =
5142 CGF.Builder.CreateMul(RegCount, PaddedSizeV, "scaled_reg_count");
5143 llvm::Value *RegBase =
5144 llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, RegSaveIndex * PaddedSize + RegPadding);
5145 llvm::Value *RegOffset =
5146 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(ScaledRegCount, RegBase, "reg_offset");
5147 llvm::Value *RegSaveAreaPtr =
5148 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, "reg_save_area_ptr");
5149 llvm::Value *RegSaveArea =
5150 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegSaveAreaPtr, "reg_save_area");
5151 llvm::Value *RawRegAddr =
5152 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, RegOffset, "raw_reg_addr");
5153 llvm::Value *RegAddr =
5154 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawRegAddr, APTy, "reg_addr");
5155
5156 // Update the register count
5157 llvm::Value *One = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, 1);
5158 llvm::Value *NewRegCount =
5159 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(RegCount, One, "reg_count");
5160 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewRegCount, RegCountPtr);
5161 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
5162
5163 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory.
5164 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock);
5165
5166 // Work out the address of a stack argument.
5167 llvm::Value *OverflowArgAreaPtr =
5168 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, "overflow_arg_area_ptr");
5169 llvm::Value *OverflowArgArea =
5170 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowArgAreaPtr, "overflow_arg_area");
5171 llvm::Value *PaddingV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, Padding);
5172 llvm::Value *RawMemAddr =
5173 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddingV, "raw_mem_addr");
5174 llvm::Value *MemAddr =
5175 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RawMemAddr, APTy, "mem_addr");
5176
5177 // Update overflow_arg_area_ptr pointer
5178 llvm::Value *NewOverflowArgArea =
5179 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea, PaddedSizeV, "overflow_arg_area");
5180 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOverflowArgArea, OverflowArgAreaPtr);
5181 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
5182
5183 // Return the appropriate result.
5184 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
5185 llvm::PHINode *ResAddr = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(APTy, 2, "va_arg.addr");
5186 ResAddr->addIncoming(RegAddr, InRegBlock);
5187 ResAddr->addIncoming(MemAddr, InMemBlock);
5188
5189 if (IsIndirect)
5190 return CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "indirect_arg");
5191
5192 return ResAddr;
5193}
5194
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005195ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
5196 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5197 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5198 if (isCompoundType(RetTy) || getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64)
5199 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
5200 return (isPromotableIntegerType(RetTy) ?
5201 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5202}
5203
5204ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5205 // Handle the generic C++ ABI.
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00005206 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005207 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
5208
5209 // Integers and enums are extended to full register width.
5210 if (isPromotableIntegerType(Ty))
5211 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
5212
5213 // Values that are not 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes in size are passed indirectly.
5214 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5215 if (Size != 8 && Size != 16 && Size != 32 && Size != 64)
Richard Sandifordcdd86882013-12-04 09:59:57 +00005216 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005217
5218 // Handle small structures.
5219 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
5220 // Structures with flexible arrays have variable length, so really
5221 // fail the size test above.
5222 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5223 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Richard Sandifordcdd86882013-12-04 09:59:57 +00005224 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005225
5226 // The structure is passed as an unextended integer, a float, or a double.
5227 llvm::Type *PassTy;
5228 if (isFPArgumentType(Ty)) {
5229 assert(Size == 32 || Size == 64);
5230 if (Size == 32)
5231 PassTy = llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext());
5232 else
5233 PassTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
5234 } else
5235 PassTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
5236 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(PassTy);
5237 }
5238
5239 // Non-structure compounds are passed indirectly.
5240 if (isCompoundType(Ty))
Richard Sandifordcdd86882013-12-04 09:59:57 +00005241 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005242
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00005243 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005244}
5245
5246//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005247// MSP430 ABI Implementation
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005248//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005249
5250namespace {
5251
5252class MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5253public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00005254 MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5255 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005256 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005257 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005258};
5259
5260}
5261
5262void MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
5263 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5264 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
5265 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
5266 if (const MSP430InterruptAttr *attr = FD->getAttr<MSP430InterruptAttr>()) {
5267 // Handle 'interrupt' attribute:
5268 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5269
5270 // Step 1: Set ISR calling convention.
5271 F->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::MSP430_INTR);
5272
5273 // Step 2: Add attributes goodness.
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00005274 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005275
5276 // Step 3: Emit ISR vector alias.
Anton Korobeynikovc5a7f922012-11-26 18:59:10 +00005277 unsigned Num = attr->getNumber() / 2;
Rafael Espindola234405b2014-05-17 21:30:14 +00005278 llvm::GlobalAlias::create(llvm::Function::ExternalLinkage,
5279 "__isr_" + Twine(Num), F);
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005280 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005281 }
5282}
5283
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005284//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005285// MIPS ABI Implementation. This works for both little-endian and
5286// big-endian variants.
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005287//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5288
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005289namespace {
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005290class MipsABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Akira Hatanaka14378522011-11-02 23:14:57 +00005291 bool IsO32;
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005292 unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes, StackAlignInBytes;
5293 void CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize,
Craig Topper5603df42013-07-05 19:34:19 +00005294 SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005295 llvm::Type* HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005296 llvm::Type* returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005297 llvm::Type* getPaddingType(uint64_t Align, uint64_t Offset) const;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005298public:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005299 MipsABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool _IsO32) :
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005300 ABIInfo(CGT), IsO32(_IsO32), MinABIStackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 4 : 8),
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005301 StackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 8 : 16) {}
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005302
5303 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005304 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, uint64_t &Offset) const;
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005305 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
5306 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5307 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005308};
5309
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005310class MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Akira Hatanaka0486db02011-09-20 18:23:28 +00005311 unsigned SizeOfUnwindException;
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005312public:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005313 MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool IsO32)
5314 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new MipsABIInfo(CGT, IsO32)),
Akira Hatanaka14378522011-11-02 23:14:57 +00005315 SizeOfUnwindException(IsO32 ? 24 : 32) {}
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005316
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005317 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005318 return 29;
5319 }
5320
Reed Kotler373feca2013-01-16 17:10:28 +00005321 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005322 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00005323 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5324 if (!FD) return;
Rafael Espindolaa0851a22013-03-19 14:32:23 +00005325 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00005326 if (FD->hasAttr<Mips16Attr>()) {
5327 Fn->addFnAttr("mips16");
5328 }
5329 else if (FD->hasAttr<NoMips16Attr>()) {
5330 Fn->addFnAttr("nomips16");
5331 }
Reed Kotler373feca2013-01-16 17:10:28 +00005332 }
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00005333
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005334 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005335 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00005336
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005337 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override {
Akira Hatanaka0486db02011-09-20 18:23:28 +00005338 return SizeOfUnwindException;
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00005339 }
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005340};
5341}
5342
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005343void MipsABIInfo::CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize,
Craig Topper5603df42013-07-05 19:34:19 +00005344 SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const {
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005345 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy =
5346 llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8);
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005347
5348 // Add (TySize / MinABIStackAlignInBytes) args of IntTy.
5349 for (unsigned N = TySize / (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); N; --N)
5350 ArgList.push_back(IntTy);
5351
5352 // If necessary, add one more integer type to ArgList.
5353 unsigned R = TySize % (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8);
5354
5355 if (R)
5356 ArgList.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), R));
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005357}
5358
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005359// In N32/64, an aligned double precision floating point field is passed in
5360// a register.
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005361llvm::Type* MipsABIInfo::HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const {
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005362 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> ArgList, IntArgList;
5363
5364 if (IsO32) {
5365 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList);
5366 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5367 }
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005368
Akira Hatanaka02e13e52012-01-12 00:52:17 +00005369 if (Ty->isComplexType())
5370 return CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Akira Hatanaka79f04612012-01-10 23:12:19 +00005371
Akira Hatanaka4984f5d2012-02-09 19:54:16 +00005372 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005373
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005374 // Unions/vectors are passed in integer registers.
5375 if (!RT || !RT->isStructureOrClassType()) {
5376 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList);
5377 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5378 }
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005379
5380 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5381 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005382 assert(!(TySize % 8) && "Size of structure must be multiple of 8.");
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005383
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005384 uint64_t LastOffset = 0;
5385 unsigned idx = 0;
5386 llvm::IntegerType *I64 = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64);
5387
Akira Hatanaka4984f5d2012-02-09 19:54:16 +00005388 // Iterate over fields in the struct/class and check if there are any aligned
5389 // double fields.
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005390 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
5391 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00005392 const QualType Ty = i->getType();
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005393 const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
5394
5395 if (!BT || BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double)
5396 continue;
5397
5398 uint64_t Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
5399 if (Offset % 64) // Ignore doubles that are not aligned.
5400 continue;
5401
5402 // Add ((Offset - LastOffset) / 64) args of type i64.
5403 for (unsigned j = (Offset - LastOffset) / 64; j > 0; --j)
5404 ArgList.push_back(I64);
5405
5406 // Add double type.
5407 ArgList.push_back(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()));
5408 LastOffset = Offset + 64;
5409 }
5410
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005411 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize - LastOffset, IntArgList);
5412 ArgList.append(IntArgList.begin(), IntArgList.end());
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005413
5414 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5415}
5416
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005417llvm::Type *MipsABIInfo::getPaddingType(uint64_t OrigOffset,
5418 uint64_t Offset) const {
5419 if (OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes > Offset)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00005420 return nullptr;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005421
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005422 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), (Offset - OrigOffset) * 8);
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005423}
Akira Hatanaka21ee88c2012-01-10 22:44:52 +00005424
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005425ABIArgInfo
5426MipsABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, uint64_t &Offset) const {
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005427 uint64_t OrigOffset = Offset;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005428 uint64_t TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005429 uint64_t Align = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005430
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005431 Align = std::min(std::max(Align, (uint64_t)MinABIStackAlignInBytes),
5432 (uint64_t)StackAlignInBytes);
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005433 unsigned CurrOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Offset, Align);
5434 Offset = CurrOffset + llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(TySize, Align * 8) / 8;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005435
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005436 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) || Ty->isVectorType()) {
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005437 // Ignore empty aggregates.
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005438 if (TySize == 0)
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005439 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5440
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00005441 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005442 Offset = OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00005443 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005444 }
Akira Hatanakadf425db2011-08-01 18:09:58 +00005445
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005446 // If we have reached here, aggregates are passed directly by coercing to
5447 // another structure type. Padding is inserted if the offset of the
5448 // aggregate is unaligned.
5449 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HandleAggregates(Ty, TySize), 0,
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005450 getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset));
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005451 }
5452
5453 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5454 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5455 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5456
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005457 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
5458 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
5459
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00005460 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00005461 nullptr, 0, IsO32 ? nullptr : getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset));
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005462}
5463
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005464llvm::Type*
5465MipsABIInfo::returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const {
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005466 const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>();
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005467 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> RTList;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005468
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005469 if (RT && RT->isStructureOrClassType()) {
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005470 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005471 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
5472 unsigned FieldCnt = Layout.getFieldCount();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005473
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005474 // N32/64 returns struct/classes in floating point registers if the
5475 // following conditions are met:
5476 // 1. The size of the struct/class is no larger than 128-bit.
5477 // 2. The struct/class has one or two fields all of which are floating
5478 // point types.
5479 // 3. The offset of the first field is zero (this follows what gcc does).
5480 //
5481 // Any other composite results are returned in integer registers.
5482 //
5483 if (FieldCnt && (FieldCnt <= 2) && !Layout.getFieldOffset(0)) {
5484 RecordDecl::field_iterator b = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
5485 for (; b != e; ++b) {
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00005486 const BuiltinType *BT = b->getType()->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005487
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005488 if (!BT || !BT->isFloatingPoint())
5489 break;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005490
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00005491 RTList.push_back(CGT.ConvertType(b->getType()));
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00005492 }
5493
5494 if (b == e)
5495 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList,
5496 RD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>());
5497
5498 RTList.clear();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005499 }
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005500 }
5501
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005502 CoerceToIntArgs(Size, RTList);
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005503 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList);
5504}
5505
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005506ABIArgInfo MipsABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Akira Hatanaka60f5fe62012-01-23 23:18:57 +00005507 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
5508
5509 if (RetTy->isVoidType() || Size == 0)
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005510 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5511
Akira Hatanakac37eddf2012-05-11 21:01:17 +00005512 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy) || RetTy->isVectorType()) {
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005513 if (Size <= 128) {
5514 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
5515 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
5516
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005517 // O32 returns integer vectors in registers.
5518 if (IsO32 && RetTy->isVectorType() && !RetTy->hasFloatingRepresentation())
5519 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(returnAggregateInRegs(RetTy, Size));
5520
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00005521 if (!IsO32)
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005522 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(returnAggregateInRegs(RetTy, Size));
5523 }
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005524
5525 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
5526 }
5527
5528 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5529 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5530 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5531
5532 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5533 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5534}
5535
5536void MipsABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00005537 ABIArgInfo &RetInfo = FI.getReturnInfo();
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00005538 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5539 RetInfo = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00005540
5541 // Check if a pointer to an aggregate is passed as a hidden argument.
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005542 uint64_t Offset = RetInfo.isIndirect() ? MinABIStackAlignInBytes : 0;
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00005543
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00005544 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5545 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, Offset);
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005546}
5547
5548llvm::Value* MipsABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5549 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005550 llvm::Type *BP = CGF.Int8PtrTy;
5551 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Akira Hatanakafb1d9f32011-08-01 20:48:01 +00005552
5553 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
5554 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
5555 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
Akira Hatanaka37715282012-01-23 23:59:52 +00005556 int64_t TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
Akira Hatanakafb1d9f32011-08-01 20:48:01 +00005557 llvm::Type *PTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
5558 llvm::Value *AddrTyped;
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00005559 unsigned PtrWidth = getTarget().getPointerWidth(0);
Akira Hatanaka37715282012-01-23 23:59:52 +00005560 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy = (PtrWidth == 32) ? CGF.Int32Ty : CGF.Int64Ty;
Akira Hatanakafb1d9f32011-08-01 20:48:01 +00005561
5562 if (TypeAlign > MinABIStackAlignInBytes) {
Akira Hatanaka37715282012-01-23 23:59:52 +00005563 llvm::Value *AddrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(Addr, IntTy);
5564 llvm::Value *Inc = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, TypeAlign - 1);
5565 llvm::Value *Mask = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, -TypeAlign);
5566 llvm::Value *Add = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(AddrAsInt, Inc);
Akira Hatanakafb1d9f32011-08-01 20:48:01 +00005567 llvm::Value *And = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(Add, Mask);
5568 AddrTyped = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(And, PTy);
5569 }
5570 else
5571 AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
5572
5573 llvm::Value *AlignedAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AddrTyped, BP);
Akira Hatanaka37715282012-01-23 23:59:52 +00005574 TypeAlign = std::max((unsigned)TypeAlign, MinABIStackAlignInBytes);
Akira Hatanakafb1d9f32011-08-01 20:48:01 +00005575 uint64_t Offset =
5576 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, TypeAlign);
5577 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
Akira Hatanaka37715282012-01-23 23:59:52 +00005578 Builder.CreateGEP(AlignedAddr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(IntTy, Offset),
Akira Hatanakafb1d9f32011-08-01 20:48:01 +00005579 "ap.next");
5580 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
5581
5582 return AddrTyped;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005583}
5584
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005585bool
5586MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
5587 llvm::Value *Address) const {
5588 // This information comes from gcc's implementation, which seems to
5589 // as canonical as it gets.
5590
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005591 // Everything on MIPS is 4 bytes. Double-precision FP registers
5592 // are aliased to pairs of single-precision FP registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005593 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005594
5595 // 0-31 are the general purpose registers, $0 - $31.
5596 // 32-63 are the floating-point registers, $f0 - $f31.
5597 // 64 and 65 are the multiply/divide registers, $hi and $lo.
5598 // 66 is the (notional, I think) register for signal-handler return.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005599 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 65);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005600
5601 // 67-74 are the floating-point status registers, $fcc0 - $fcc7.
5602 // They are one bit wide and ignored here.
5603
5604 // 80-111 are the coprocessor 0 registers, $c0r0 - $c0r31.
5605 // (coprocessor 1 is the FP unit)
5606 // 112-143 are the coprocessor 2 registers, $c2r0 - $c2r31.
5607 // 144-175 are the coprocessor 3 registers, $c3r0 - $c3r31.
5608 // 176-181 are the DSP accumulator registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005609 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 80, 181);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005610 return false;
5611}
5612
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005613//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5614// TCE ABI Implementation (see http://tce.cs.tut.fi). Uses mostly the defaults.
5615// Currently subclassed only to implement custom OpenCL C function attribute
5616// handling.
5617//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5618
5619namespace {
5620
5621class TCETargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
5622public:
5623 TCETargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5624 : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
5625
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005626 void SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5627 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005628};
5629
5630void TCETargetCodeGenInfo::SetTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
5631 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5632 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
5633 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
5634 if (!FD) return;
5635
5636 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5637
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00005638 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005639 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
5640 // OpenCL C Kernel functions are not subject to inlining
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00005641 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Aaron Ballman36a18ff2013-12-19 13:16:35 +00005642 const ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr>();
5643 if (Attr) {
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005644 // Convert the reqd_work_group_size() attributes to metadata.
5645 llvm::LLVMContext &Context = F->getContext();
5646 llvm::NamedMDNode *OpenCLMetadata =
5647 M.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("opencl.kernel_wg_size_info");
5648
5649 SmallVector<llvm::Value*, 5> Operands;
5650 Operands.push_back(F);
5651
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005652 Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty,
Aaron Ballman36a18ff2013-12-19 13:16:35 +00005653 llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getXDim())));
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005654 Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty,
Aaron Ballman36a18ff2013-12-19 13:16:35 +00005655 llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getYDim())));
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005656 Operands.push_back(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(M.Int32Ty,
Aaron Ballman36a18ff2013-12-19 13:16:35 +00005657 llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getZDim())));
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005658
5659 // Add a boolean constant operand for "required" (true) or "hint" (false)
5660 // for implementing the work_group_size_hint attr later. Currently
5661 // always true as the hint is not yet implemented.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005662 Operands.push_back(llvm::ConstantInt::getTrue(Context));
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00005663 OpenCLMetadata->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Context, Operands));
5664 }
5665 }
5666 }
5667}
5668
5669}
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005670
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005671//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5672// Hexagon ABI Implementation
5673//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5674
5675namespace {
5676
5677class HexagonABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
5678
5679
5680public:
5681 HexagonABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
5682
5683private:
5684
5685 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
5686 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
5687
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005688 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005689
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005690 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5691 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005692};
5693
5694class HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5695public:
5696 HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5697 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new HexagonABIInfo(CGT)) {}
5698
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005699 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005700 return 29;
5701 }
5702};
5703
5704}
5705
5706void HexagonABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00005707 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5708 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00005709 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5710 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005711}
5712
5713ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5714 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
5715 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5716 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5717 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5718
5719 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5720 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5721 }
5722
5723 // Ignore empty records.
5724 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
5725 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5726
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00005727 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00005728 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005729
5730 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5731 if (Size > 64)
5732 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true);
5733 // Pass in the smallest viable integer type.
5734 else if (Size > 32)
5735 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()));
5736 else if (Size > 16)
5737 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
5738 else if (Size > 8)
5739 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
5740 else
5741 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
5742}
5743
5744ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
5745 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5746 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5747
5748 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
5749 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64)
5750 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0);
5751
5752 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
5753 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5754 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5755 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5756
5757 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5758 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5759 }
5760
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005761 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
5762 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5763
5764 // Aggregates <= 8 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates
5765 // are returned indirectly.
5766 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
5767 if (Size <= 64) {
5768 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
5769 if (Size <= 8)
5770 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
5771 if (Size <= 16)
5772 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
5773 if (Size <= 32)
5774 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
5775 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()));
5776 }
5777
5778 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/true);
5779}
5780
5781llvm::Value *HexagonABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005782 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005783 // FIXME: Need to handle alignment
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00005784 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00005785
5786 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
5787 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP,
5788 "ap");
5789 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
5790 llvm::Type *PTy =
5791 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(CGF.ConvertType(Ty));
5792 llvm::Value *AddrTyped = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr, PTy);
5793
5794 uint64_t Offset =
5795 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) / 8, 4);
5796 llvm::Value *NextAddr =
5797 Builder.CreateGEP(Addr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Offset),
5798 "ap.next");
5799 Builder.CreateStore(NextAddr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
5800
5801 return AddrTyped;
5802}
5803
5804
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00005805//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5806// SPARC v9 ABI Implementation.
5807// Based on the SPARC Compliance Definition version 2.4.1.
5808//
5809// Function arguments a mapped to a nominal "parameter array" and promoted to
5810// registers depending on their type. Each argument occupies 8 or 16 bytes in
5811// the array, structs larger than 16 bytes are passed indirectly.
5812//
5813// One case requires special care:
5814//
5815// struct mixed {
5816// int i;
5817// float f;
5818// };
5819//
5820// When a struct mixed is passed by value, it only occupies 8 bytes in the
5821// parameter array, but the int is passed in an integer register, and the float
5822// is passed in a floating point register. This is represented as two arguments
5823// with the LLVM IR inreg attribute:
5824//
5825// declare void f(i32 inreg %i, float inreg %f)
5826//
5827// The code generator will only allocate 4 bytes from the parameter array for
5828// the inreg arguments. All other arguments are allocated a multiple of 8
5829// bytes.
5830//
5831namespace {
5832class SparcV9ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
5833public:
5834 SparcV9ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
5835
5836private:
5837 ABIArgInfo classifyType(QualType RetTy, unsigned SizeLimit) const;
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005838 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
5839 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
5840 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Jakob Stoklund Olesen02dc6a12013-05-28 04:57:37 +00005841
5842 // Coercion type builder for structs passed in registers. The coercion type
5843 // serves two purposes:
5844 //
5845 // 1. Pad structs to a multiple of 64 bits, so they are passed 'left-aligned'
5846 // in registers.
5847 // 2. Expose aligned floating point elements as first-level elements, so the
5848 // code generator knows to pass them in floating point registers.
5849 //
5850 // We also compute the InReg flag which indicates that the struct contains
5851 // aligned 32-bit floats.
5852 //
5853 struct CoerceBuilder {
5854 llvm::LLVMContext &Context;
5855 const llvm::DataLayout &DL;
5856 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> Elems;
5857 uint64_t Size;
5858 bool InReg;
5859
5860 CoerceBuilder(llvm::LLVMContext &c, const llvm::DataLayout &dl)
5861 : Context(c), DL(dl), Size(0), InReg(false) {}
5862
5863 // Pad Elems with integers until Size is ToSize.
5864 void pad(uint64_t ToSize) {
5865 assert(ToSize >= Size && "Cannot remove elements");
5866 if (ToSize == Size)
5867 return;
5868
5869 // Finish the current 64-bit word.
5870 uint64_t Aligned = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 64);
5871 if (Aligned > Size && Aligned <= ToSize) {
5872 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, Aligned - Size));
5873 Size = Aligned;
5874 }
5875
5876 // Add whole 64-bit words.
5877 while (Size + 64 <= ToSize) {
5878 Elems.push_back(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Context));
5879 Size += 64;
5880 }
5881
5882 // Final in-word padding.
5883 if (Size < ToSize) {
5884 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, ToSize - Size));
5885 Size = ToSize;
5886 }
5887 }
5888
5889 // Add a floating point element at Offset.
5890 void addFloat(uint64_t Offset, llvm::Type *Ty, unsigned Bits) {
5891 // Unaligned floats are treated as integers.
5892 if (Offset % Bits)
5893 return;
5894 // The InReg flag is only required if there are any floats < 64 bits.
5895 if (Bits < 64)
5896 InReg = true;
5897 pad(Offset);
5898 Elems.push_back(Ty);
5899 Size = Offset + Bits;
5900 }
5901
5902 // Add a struct type to the coercion type, starting at Offset (in bits).
5903 void addStruct(uint64_t Offset, llvm::StructType *StrTy) {
5904 const llvm::StructLayout *Layout = DL.getStructLayout(StrTy);
5905 for (unsigned i = 0, e = StrTy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) {
5906 llvm::Type *ElemTy = StrTy->getElementType(i);
5907 uint64_t ElemOffset = Offset + Layout->getElementOffsetInBits(i);
5908 switch (ElemTy->getTypeID()) {
5909 case llvm::Type::StructTyID:
5910 addStruct(ElemOffset, cast<llvm::StructType>(ElemTy));
5911 break;
5912 case llvm::Type::FloatTyID:
5913 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 32);
5914 break;
5915 case llvm::Type::DoubleTyID:
5916 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 64);
5917 break;
5918 case llvm::Type::FP128TyID:
5919 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 128);
5920 break;
5921 case llvm::Type::PointerTyID:
5922 if (ElemOffset % 64 == 0) {
5923 pad(ElemOffset);
5924 Elems.push_back(ElemTy);
5925 Size += 64;
5926 }
5927 break;
5928 default:
5929 break;
5930 }
5931 }
5932 }
5933
5934 // Check if Ty is a usable substitute for the coercion type.
5935 bool isUsableType(llvm::StructType *Ty) const {
5936 if (Ty->getNumElements() != Elems.size())
5937 return false;
5938 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elems.size(); i != e; ++i)
5939 if (Elems[i] != Ty->getElementType(i))
5940 return false;
5941 return true;
5942 }
5943
5944 // Get the coercion type as a literal struct type.
5945 llvm::Type *getType() const {
5946 if (Elems.size() == 1)
5947 return Elems.front();
5948 else
5949 return llvm::StructType::get(Context, Elems);
5950 }
5951 };
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00005952};
5953} // end anonymous namespace
5954
5955ABIArgInfo
5956SparcV9ABIInfo::classifyType(QualType Ty, unsigned SizeLimit) const {
5957 if (Ty->isVoidType())
5958 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5959
5960 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
5961
5962 // Anything too big to fit in registers is passed with an explicit indirect
5963 // pointer / sret pointer.
5964 if (Size > SizeLimit)
5965 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, /*ByVal=*/false);
5966
5967 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5968 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5969 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5970
5971 // Integer types smaller than a register are extended.
5972 if (Size < 64 && Ty->isIntegerType())
5973 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
5974
5975 // Other non-aggregates go in registers.
5976 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
5977 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
5978
Jakob Stoklund Olesenb81eb3e2014-01-12 06:54:56 +00005979 // If a C++ object has either a non-trivial copy constructor or a non-trivial
5980 // destructor, it is passed with an explicit indirect pointer / sret pointer.
5981 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
5982 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(0, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
5983
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00005984 // This is a small aggregate type that should be passed in registers.
Jakob Stoklund Olesen02dc6a12013-05-28 04:57:37 +00005985 // Build a coercion type from the LLVM struct type.
5986 llvm::StructType *StrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(CGT.ConvertType(Ty));
5987 if (!StrTy)
5988 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
5989
5990 CoerceBuilder CB(getVMContext(), getDataLayout());
5991 CB.addStruct(0, StrTy);
5992 CB.pad(llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CB.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StrTy), 64));
5993
5994 // Try to use the original type for coercion.
5995 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = CB.isUsableType(StrTy) ? StrTy : CB.getType();
5996
5997 if (CB.InReg)
5998 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CoerceTy);
5999 else
6000 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006001}
6002
6003llvm::Value *SparcV9ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6004 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006005 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyType(Ty, 16 * 8);
6006 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
6007 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType())
6008 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy);
6009
6010 llvm::Type *BPP = CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy;
6011 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6012 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr, BPP, "ap");
6013 llvm::Value *Addr = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP, "ap.cur");
6014 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
6015 llvm::Value *ArgAddr;
6016 unsigned Stride;
6017
6018 switch (AI.getKind()) {
6019 case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00006020 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006021 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg");
6022
6023 case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
6024 Stride = 8;
6025 ArgAddr = Builder
6026 .CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, 8 - getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(ArgTy),
6027 "extend");
6028 break;
6029
6030 case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
6031 Stride = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType());
6032 ArgAddr = Addr;
6033 break;
6034
6035 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
6036 Stride = 8;
6037 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(Addr,
6038 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy),
6039 "indirect");
6040 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr, "indirect.arg");
6041 break;
6042
6043 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
6044 return llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy);
6045 }
6046
6047 // Update VAList.
6048 Addr = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(Addr, Stride, "ap.next");
6049 Builder.CreateStore(Addr, VAListAddrAsBPP);
6050
6051 return Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy, "arg.addr");
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006052}
6053
6054void SparcV9ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
6055 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyType(FI.getReturnType(), 32 * 8);
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00006056 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
6057 I.info = classifyType(I.type, 16 * 8);
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006058}
6059
6060namespace {
6061class SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6062public:
6063 SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6064 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SparcV9ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00006065
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006066 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00006067 return 14;
6068 }
6069
6070 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006071 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006072};
6073} // end anonymous namespace
6074
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00006075bool
6076SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
6077 llvm::Value *Address) const {
6078 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
6079 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
6080
6081 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6082
6083 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
6084 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
6085 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
6086
6087 // 0-31: the 8-byte general-purpose registers
6088 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31);
6089
6090 // 32-63: f0-31, the 4-byte floating-point registers
6091 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 32, 63);
6092
6093 // Y = 64
6094 // PSR = 65
6095 // WIM = 66
6096 // TBR = 67
6097 // PC = 68
6098 // NPC = 69
6099 // FSR = 70
6100 // CSR = 71
6101 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 64, 71);
6102
6103 // 72-87: d0-15, the 8-byte floating-point registers
6104 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 72, 87);
6105
6106 return false;
6107}
6108
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006109
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006110//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00006111// XCore ABI Implementation
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006112//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006113
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006114namespace {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006115
6116/// A SmallStringEnc instance is used to build up the TypeString by passing
6117/// it by reference between functions that append to it.
6118typedef llvm::SmallString<128> SmallStringEnc;
6119
6120/// TypeStringCache caches the meta encodings of Types.
6121///
6122/// The reason for caching TypeStrings is two fold:
6123/// 1. To cache a type's encoding for later uses;
6124/// 2. As a means to break recursive member type inclusion.
6125///
6126/// A cache Entry can have a Status of:
6127/// NonRecursive: The type encoding is not recursive;
6128/// Recursive: The type encoding is recursive;
6129/// Incomplete: An incomplete TypeString;
6130/// IncompleteUsed: An incomplete TypeString that has been used in a
6131/// Recursive type encoding.
6132///
6133/// A NonRecursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully
6134/// as possible. Whilst it may contain types which are recursive, the type
6135/// itself is not recursive and thus its encoding may be safely used whenever
6136/// the type is encountered.
6137///
6138/// A Recursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully as
6139/// possible. The type itself is recursive and it may contain other types which
6140/// are recursive. The Recursive encoding must not be used during the expansion
6141/// of a recursive type's recursive branch. For simplicity the code uses
6142/// IncompleteCount to reject all usage of Recursive encodings for member types.
6143///
6144/// An Incomplete entry is always a RecordType and only encodes its
6145/// identifier e.g. "s(S){}". Incomplete 'StubEnc' entries are ephemeral and
6146/// are placed into the cache during type expansion as a means to identify and
6147/// handle recursive inclusion of types as sub-members. If there is recursion
6148/// the entry becomes IncompleteUsed.
6149///
6150/// During the expansion of a RecordType's members:
6151///
6152/// If the cache contains a NonRecursive encoding for the member type, the
6153/// cached encoding is used;
6154///
6155/// If the cache contains a Recursive encoding for the member type, the
6156/// cached encoding is 'Swapped' out, as it may be incorrect, and...
6157///
6158/// If the member is a RecordType, an Incomplete encoding is placed into the
6159/// cache to break potential recursive inclusion of itself as a sub-member;
6160///
6161/// Once a member RecordType has been expanded, its temporary incomplete
6162/// entry is removed from the cache. If a Recursive encoding was swapped out
6163/// it is swapped back in;
6164///
6165/// If an incomplete entry is used to expand a sub-member, the incomplete
6166/// entry is marked as IncompleteUsed. The cache keeps count of how many
6167/// IncompleteUsed entries it currently contains in IncompleteUsedCount;
6168///
6169/// If a member's encoding is found to be a NonRecursive or Recursive viz:
6170/// IncompleteUsedCount==0, the member's encoding is added to the cache.
6171/// Else the member is part of a recursive type and thus the recursion has
6172/// been exited too soon for the encoding to be correct for the member.
6173///
6174class TypeStringCache {
6175 enum Status {NonRecursive, Recursive, Incomplete, IncompleteUsed};
6176 struct Entry {
6177 std::string Str; // The encoded TypeString for the type.
6178 enum Status State; // Information about the encoding in 'Str'.
6179 std::string Swapped; // A temporary place holder for a Recursive encoding
6180 // during the expansion of RecordType's members.
6181 };
6182 std::map<const IdentifierInfo *, struct Entry> Map;
6183 unsigned IncompleteCount; // Number of Incomplete entries in the Map.
6184 unsigned IncompleteUsedCount; // Number of IncompleteUsed entries in the Map.
6185public:
Robert Lyttond263f142014-05-06 09:38:54 +00006186 TypeStringCache() : IncompleteCount(0), IncompleteUsedCount(0) {};
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006187 void addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, std::string StubEnc);
6188 bool removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID);
6189 void addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str,
6190 bool IsRecursive);
6191 StringRef lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID);
6192};
6193
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006194/// TypeString encodings for enum & union fields must be order.
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006195/// FieldEncoding is a helper for this ordering process.
6196class FieldEncoding {
6197 bool HasName;
6198 std::string Enc;
6199public:
6200 FieldEncoding(bool b, SmallStringEnc &e) : HasName(b), Enc(e.c_str()) {};
6201 StringRef str() {return Enc.c_str();};
6202 bool operator<(const FieldEncoding &rhs) const {
6203 if (HasName != rhs.HasName) return HasName;
6204 return Enc < rhs.Enc;
6205 }
6206};
6207
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006208class XCoreABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
6209public:
6210 XCoreABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {}
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006211 llvm::Value *EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6212 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const override;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006213};
6214
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00006215class XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006216 mutable TypeStringCache TSC;
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006217public:
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00006218 XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006219 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new XCoreABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Rafael Espindola8dcd6e72014-05-08 15:01:48 +00006220 void emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6221 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006222};
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006223
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006224} // End anonymous namespace.
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006225
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006226llvm::Value *XCoreABIInfo::EmitVAArg(llvm::Value *VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
6227 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006228 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006229
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006230 // Get the VAList.
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006231 llvm::Value *VAListAddrAsBPP = Builder.CreateBitCast(VAListAddr,
6232 CGF.Int8PtrPtrTy);
6233 llvm::Value *AP = Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddrAsBPP);
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006234
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006235 // Handle the argument.
6236 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
6237 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
6238 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType())
6239 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy);
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006240 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006241 llvm::Value *Val;
Andy Gibbsd9ba4722013-10-14 07:02:04 +00006242 uint64_t ArgSize = 0;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006243 switch (AI.getKind()) {
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006244 case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00006245 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006246 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg");
6247 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006248 Val = llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy);
6249 ArgSize = 0;
6250 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006251 case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
6252 case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006253 Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(AP, ArgPtrTy);
6254 ArgSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType());
6255 if (ArgSize < 4)
6256 ArgSize = 4;
6257 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006258 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
6259 llvm::Value *ArgAddr;
6260 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateBitCast(AP, llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgPtrTy));
6261 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr);
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006262 Val = Builder.CreatePointerCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy);
6263 ArgSize = 4;
6264 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006265 }
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006266
6267 // Increment the VAList.
6268 if (ArgSize) {
6269 llvm::Value *APN = Builder.CreateConstGEP1_32(AP, ArgSize);
6270 Builder.CreateStore(APN, VAListAddrAsBPP);
6271 }
6272 return Val;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006273}
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006274
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006275/// During the expansion of a RecordType, an incomplete TypeString is placed
6276/// into the cache as a means to identify and break recursion.
6277/// If there is a Recursive encoding in the cache, it is swapped out and will
6278/// be reinserted by removeIncomplete().
6279/// All other types of encoding should have been used rather than arriving here.
6280void TypeStringCache::addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID,
6281 std::string StubEnc) {
6282 if (!ID)
6283 return;
6284 Entry &E = Map[ID];
6285 assert( (E.Str.empty() || E.State == Recursive) &&
6286 "Incorrectly use of addIncomplete");
6287 assert(!StubEnc.empty() && "Passing an empty string to addIncomplete()");
6288 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str); // swap out the Recursive
6289 E.Str.swap(StubEnc);
6290 E.State = Incomplete;
6291 ++IncompleteCount;
6292}
6293
6294/// Once the RecordType has been expanded, the temporary incomplete TypeString
6295/// must be removed from the cache.
6296/// If a Recursive was swapped out by addIncomplete(), it will be replaced.
6297/// Returns true if the RecordType was defined recursively.
6298bool TypeStringCache::removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6299 if (!ID)
6300 return false;
6301 auto I = Map.find(ID);
6302 assert(I != Map.end() && "Entry not present");
6303 Entry &E = I->second;
6304 assert( (E.State == Incomplete ||
6305 E.State == IncompleteUsed) &&
6306 "Entry must be an incomplete type");
6307 bool IsRecursive = false;
6308 if (E.State == IncompleteUsed) {
6309 // We made use of our Incomplete encoding, thus we are recursive.
6310 IsRecursive = true;
6311 --IncompleteUsedCount;
6312 }
6313 if (E.Swapped.empty())
6314 Map.erase(I);
6315 else {
6316 // Swap the Recursive back.
6317 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str);
6318 E.Swapped.clear();
6319 E.State = Recursive;
6320 }
6321 --IncompleteCount;
6322 return IsRecursive;
6323}
6324
6325/// Add the encoded TypeString to the cache only if it is NonRecursive or
6326/// Recursive (viz: all sub-members were expanded as fully as possible).
6327void TypeStringCache::addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str,
6328 bool IsRecursive) {
6329 if (!ID || IncompleteUsedCount)
6330 return; // No key or it is is an incomplete sub-type so don't add.
6331 Entry &E = Map[ID];
6332 if (IsRecursive && !E.Str.empty()) {
6333 assert(E.State==Recursive && E.Str.size() == Str.size() &&
6334 "This is not the same Recursive entry");
6335 // The parent container was not recursive after all, so we could have used
6336 // this Recursive sub-member entry after all, but we assumed the worse when
6337 // we started viz: IncompleteCount!=0.
6338 return;
6339 }
6340 assert(E.Str.empty() && "Entry already present");
6341 E.Str = Str.str();
6342 E.State = IsRecursive? Recursive : NonRecursive;
6343}
6344
6345/// Return a cached TypeString encoding for the ID. If there isn't one, or we
6346/// are recursively expanding a type (IncompleteCount != 0) and the cached
6347/// encoding is Recursive, return an empty StringRef.
6348StringRef TypeStringCache::lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6349 if (!ID)
6350 return StringRef(); // We have no key.
6351 auto I = Map.find(ID);
6352 if (I == Map.end())
6353 return StringRef(); // We have no encoding.
6354 Entry &E = I->second;
6355 if (E.State == Recursive && IncompleteCount)
6356 return StringRef(); // We don't use Recursive encodings for member types.
6357
6358 if (E.State == Incomplete) {
6359 // The incomplete type is being used to break out of recursion.
6360 E.State = IncompleteUsed;
6361 ++IncompleteUsedCount;
6362 }
6363 return E.Str.c_str();
6364}
6365
6366/// The XCore ABI includes a type information section that communicates symbol
6367/// type information to the linker. The linker uses this information to verify
6368/// safety/correctness of things such as array bound and pointers et al.
6369/// The ABI only requires C (and XC) language modules to emit TypeStrings.
6370/// This type information (TypeString) is emitted into meta data for all global
6371/// symbols: definitions, declarations, functions & variables.
6372///
6373/// The TypeString carries type, qualifier, name, size & value details.
6374/// Please see 'Tools Development Guide' section 2.16.2 for format details:
6375/// <https://www.xmos.com/download/public/Tools-Development-Guide%28X9114A%29.pdf>
6376/// The output is tested by test/CodeGen/xcore-stringtype.c.
6377///
6378static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D,
6379 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC);
6380
6381/// XCore uses emitTargetMD to emit TypeString metadata for global symbols.
6382void XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo::emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6383 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
6384 SmallStringEnc Enc;
6385 if (getTypeString(Enc, D, CGM, TSC)) {
6386 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = CGM.getModule().getContext();
6387 llvm::SmallVector<llvm::Value *, 2> MDVals;
6388 MDVals.push_back(GV);
6389 MDVals.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Enc.str()));
6390 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD =
6391 CGM.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("xcore.typestrings");
6392 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals));
6393 }
6394}
6395
6396static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType,
6397 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6398 TypeStringCache &TSC);
6399
6400/// Helper function for appendRecordType().
6401/// Builds a SmallVector containing the encoded field types in declaration order.
6402static bool extractFieldType(SmallVectorImpl<FieldEncoding> &FE,
6403 const RecordDecl *RD,
6404 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6405 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6406 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = RD->field_begin(), E = RD->field_end();
6407 I != E; ++I) {
6408 SmallStringEnc Enc;
6409 Enc += "m(";
6410 Enc += I->getName();
6411 Enc += "){";
6412 if (I->isBitField()) {
6413 Enc += "b(";
6414 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Enc);
6415 OS.resync();
6416 OS << I->getBitWidthValue(CGM.getContext());
6417 OS.flush();
6418 Enc += ':';
6419 }
6420 if (!appendType(Enc, I->getType(), CGM, TSC))
6421 return false;
6422 if (I->isBitField())
6423 Enc += ')';
6424 Enc += '}';
6425 FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!I->getName().empty(), Enc));
6426 }
6427 return true;
6428}
6429
6430/// Appends structure and union types to Enc and adds encoding to cache.
6431/// Recursively calls appendType (via extractFieldType) for each field.
6432/// Union types have their fields ordered according to the ABI.
6433static bool appendRecordType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const RecordType *RT,
6434 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6435 TypeStringCache &TSC, const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6436 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one.
6437 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID);
6438 if (!TypeString.empty()) {
6439 Enc += TypeString;
6440 return true;
6441 }
6442
6443 // Start to emit an incomplete TypeString.
6444 size_t Start = Enc.size();
6445 Enc += (RT->isUnionType()? 'u' : 's');
6446 Enc += '(';
6447 if (ID)
6448 Enc += ID->getName();
6449 Enc += "){";
6450
6451 // We collect all encoded fields and order as necessary.
6452 bool IsRecursive = false;
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006453 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl()->getDefinition();
6454 if (RD && !RD->field_empty()) {
6455 // An incomplete TypeString stub is placed in the cache for this RecordType
6456 // so that recursive calls to this RecordType will use it whilst building a
6457 // complete TypeString for this RecordType.
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006458 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE;
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006459 std::string StubEnc(Enc.substr(Start).str());
6460 StubEnc += '}'; // StubEnc now holds a valid incomplete TypeString.
6461 TSC.addIncomplete(ID, std::move(StubEnc));
6462 if (!extractFieldType(FE, RD, CGM, TSC)) {
6463 (void) TSC.removeIncomplete(ID);
6464 return false;
6465 }
6466 IsRecursive = TSC.removeIncomplete(ID);
6467 // The ABI requires unions to be sorted but not structures.
6468 // See FieldEncoding::operator< for sort algorithm.
6469 if (RT->isUnionType())
6470 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end());
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006471 // We can now complete the TypeString.
6472 unsigned E = FE.size();
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006473 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) {
6474 if (I)
6475 Enc += ',';
6476 Enc += FE[I].str();
6477 }
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006478 }
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006479 Enc += '}';
6480 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), IsRecursive);
6481 return true;
6482}
6483
6484/// Appends enum types to Enc and adds the encoding to the cache.
6485static bool appendEnumType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const EnumType *ET,
6486 TypeStringCache &TSC,
6487 const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6488 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one.
6489 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID);
6490 if (!TypeString.empty()) {
6491 Enc += TypeString;
6492 return true;
6493 }
6494
6495 size_t Start = Enc.size();
6496 Enc += "e(";
6497 if (ID)
6498 Enc += ID->getName();
6499 Enc += "){";
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006500
6501 // We collect all encoded enumerations and order them alphanumerically.
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006502 if (const EnumDecl *ED = ET->getDecl()->getDefinition()) {
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006503 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE;
6504 for (auto I = ED->enumerator_begin(), E = ED->enumerator_end(); I != E;
6505 ++I) {
6506 SmallStringEnc EnumEnc;
6507 EnumEnc += "m(";
6508 EnumEnc += I->getName();
6509 EnumEnc += "){";
6510 I->getInitVal().toString(EnumEnc);
6511 EnumEnc += '}';
6512 FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!I->getName().empty(), EnumEnc));
6513 }
6514 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end());
6515 unsigned E = FE.size();
6516 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) {
6517 if (I)
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006518 Enc += ',';
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006519 Enc += FE[I].str();
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006520 }
6521 }
6522 Enc += '}';
6523 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), false);
6524 return true;
6525}
6526
6527/// Appends type's qualifier to Enc.
6528/// This is done prior to appending the type's encoding.
6529static void appendQualifier(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT) {
6530 // Qualifiers are emitted in alphabetical order.
6531 static const char *Table[] = {"","c:","r:","cr:","v:","cv:","rv:","crv:"};
6532 int Lookup = 0;
6533 if (QT.isConstQualified())
6534 Lookup += 1<<0;
6535 if (QT.isRestrictQualified())
6536 Lookup += 1<<1;
6537 if (QT.isVolatileQualified())
6538 Lookup += 1<<2;
6539 Enc += Table[Lookup];
6540}
6541
6542/// Appends built-in types to Enc.
6543static bool appendBuiltinType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const BuiltinType *BT) {
6544 const char *EncType;
6545 switch (BT->getKind()) {
6546 case BuiltinType::Void:
6547 EncType = "0";
6548 break;
6549 case BuiltinType::Bool:
6550 EncType = "b";
6551 break;
6552 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
6553 EncType = "uc";
6554 break;
6555 case BuiltinType::UChar:
6556 EncType = "uc";
6557 break;
6558 case BuiltinType::SChar:
6559 EncType = "sc";
6560 break;
6561 case BuiltinType::UShort:
6562 EncType = "us";
6563 break;
6564 case BuiltinType::Short:
6565 EncType = "ss";
6566 break;
6567 case BuiltinType::UInt:
6568 EncType = "ui";
6569 break;
6570 case BuiltinType::Int:
6571 EncType = "si";
6572 break;
6573 case BuiltinType::ULong:
6574 EncType = "ul";
6575 break;
6576 case BuiltinType::Long:
6577 EncType = "sl";
6578 break;
6579 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
6580 EncType = "ull";
6581 break;
6582 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
6583 EncType = "sll";
6584 break;
6585 case BuiltinType::Float:
6586 EncType = "ft";
6587 break;
6588 case BuiltinType::Double:
6589 EncType = "d";
6590 break;
6591 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
6592 EncType = "ld";
6593 break;
6594 default:
6595 return false;
6596 }
6597 Enc += EncType;
6598 return true;
6599}
6600
6601/// Appends a pointer encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the pointee.
6602static bool appendPointerType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const PointerType *PT,
6603 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6604 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6605 Enc += "p(";
6606 if (!appendType(Enc, PT->getPointeeType(), CGM, TSC))
6607 return false;
6608 Enc += ')';
6609 return true;
6610}
6611
6612/// Appends array encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the element.
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00006613static bool appendArrayType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT,
6614 const ArrayType *AT,
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006615 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6616 TypeStringCache &TSC, StringRef NoSizeEnc) {
6617 if (AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Normal)
6618 return false;
6619 Enc += "a(";
6620 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
6621 CAT->getSize().toStringUnsigned(Enc);
6622 else
6623 Enc += NoSizeEnc; // Global arrays use "*", otherwise it is "".
6624 Enc += ':';
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00006625 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
6626 appendQualifier(Enc, QT);
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006627 if (!appendType(Enc, AT->getElementType(), CGM, TSC))
6628 return false;
6629 Enc += ')';
6630 return true;
6631}
6632
6633/// Appends a function encoding to Enc, calling appendType for the return type
6634/// and the arguments.
6635static bool appendFunctionType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const FunctionType *FT,
6636 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6637 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6638 Enc += "f{";
6639 if (!appendType(Enc, FT->getReturnType(), CGM, TSC))
6640 return false;
6641 Enc += "}(";
6642 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FT->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
6643 // N.B. we are only interested in the adjusted param types.
6644 auto I = FPT->param_type_begin();
6645 auto E = FPT->param_type_end();
6646 if (I != E) {
6647 do {
6648 if (!appendType(Enc, *I, CGM, TSC))
6649 return false;
6650 ++I;
6651 if (I != E)
6652 Enc += ',';
6653 } while (I != E);
6654 if (FPT->isVariadic())
6655 Enc += ",va";
6656 } else {
6657 if (FPT->isVariadic())
6658 Enc += "va";
6659 else
6660 Enc += '0';
6661 }
6662 }
6663 Enc += ')';
6664 return true;
6665}
6666
6667/// Handles the type's qualifier before dispatching a call to handle specific
6668/// type encodings.
6669static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType,
6670 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
6671 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6672
6673 QualType QT = QType.getCanonicalType();
6674
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00006675 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe())
6676 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
6677 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here.
6678 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "");
6679
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006680 appendQualifier(Enc, QT);
6681
6682 if (const BuiltinType *BT = QT->getAs<BuiltinType>())
6683 return appendBuiltinType(Enc, BT);
6684
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006685 if (const PointerType *PT = QT->getAs<PointerType>())
6686 return appendPointerType(Enc, PT, CGM, TSC);
6687
6688 if (const EnumType *ET = QT->getAs<EnumType>())
6689 return appendEnumType(Enc, ET, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
6690
6691 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsStructureType())
6692 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
6693
6694 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsUnionType())
6695 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
6696
6697 if (const FunctionType *FT = QT->getAs<FunctionType>())
6698 return appendFunctionType(Enc, FT, CGM, TSC);
6699
6700 return false;
6701}
6702
6703static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D,
6704 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC) {
6705 if (!D)
6706 return false;
6707
6708 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
6709 if (FD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage)
6710 return false;
6711 return appendType(Enc, FD->getType(), CGM, TSC);
6712 }
6713
6714 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
6715 if (VD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage)
6716 return false;
6717 QualType QT = VD->getType().getCanonicalType();
6718 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) {
6719 // Global ArrayTypes are given a size of '*' if the size is unknown.
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00006720 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
6721 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here.
6722 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "*");
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006723 }
6724 return appendType(Enc, QT, CGM, TSC);
6725 }
6726 return false;
6727}
6728
6729
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006730//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6731// Driver code
6732//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6733
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00006734const TargetCodeGenInfo &CodeGenModule::getTargetCodeGenInfo() {
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00006735 if (TheTargetCodeGenInfo)
6736 return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00006737
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00006738 const llvm::Triple &Triple = getTarget().getTriple();
Daniel Dunbar40165182009-08-24 09:10:05 +00006739 switch (Triple.getArch()) {
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00006740 default:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00006741 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00006742
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +00006743 case llvm::Triple::le32:
6744 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00006745 case llvm::Triple::mips:
6746 case llvm::Triple::mipsel:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00006747 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, true));
6748
Akira Hatanakaec11b4f2011-09-20 18:30:57 +00006749 case llvm::Triple::mips64:
6750 case llvm::Triple::mips64el:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00006751 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, false));
6752
Tim Northover25e8a672014-05-24 12:51:25 +00006753 case llvm::Triple::aarch64:
Tim Northover40956e62014-07-23 12:32:58 +00006754 case llvm::Triple::aarch64_be: {
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00006755 AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::AAPCS;
Alp Toker4925ba72014-06-07 23:30:42 +00006756 if (getTarget().getABI() == "darwinpcs")
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00006757 Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::DarwinPCS;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00006758
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00006759 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00006760 }
6761
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00006762 case llvm::Triple::arm:
Christian Pirkerf01cd6f2014-03-28 14:40:46 +00006763 case llvm::Triple::armeb:
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00006764 case llvm::Triple::thumb:
Christian Pirkerf01cd6f2014-03-28 14:40:46 +00006765 case llvm::Triple::thumbeb:
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00006766 {
6767 ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS;
Alp Toker4925ba72014-06-07 23:30:42 +00006768 if (getTarget().getABI() == "apcs-gnu")
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00006769 Kind = ARMABIInfo::APCS;
David Tweed8f676532012-10-25 13:33:01 +00006770 else if (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "hard" ||
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00006771 (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI != "soft" &&
6772 Triple.getEnvironment() == llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF))
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00006773 Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP;
6774
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00006775 switch (Triple.getOS()) {
Eli Benderskyd7c92032012-12-04 18:38:10 +00006776 case llvm::Triple::NaCl:
Derek Schuffa2020962012-10-16 22:30:41 +00006777 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
6778 new NaClARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
6779 default:
6780 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
6781 new ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
6782 }
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00006783 }
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00006784
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00006785 case llvm::Triple::ppc:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00006786 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00006787 case llvm::Triple::ppc64:
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00006788 if (Triple.isOSBinFormatELF()) {
6789 // FIXME: Should be switchable via command-line option.
6790 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1;
6791 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
6792 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
6793 } else
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00006794 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00006795 case llvm::Triple::ppc64le: {
Bill Schmidt778d3872013-07-26 01:36:11 +00006796 assert(Triple.isOSBinFormatELF() && "PPC64 LE non-ELF not supported!");
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00006797 // FIXME: Should be switchable via command-line option.
6798 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2;
6799 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
6800 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
6801 }
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00006802
Peter Collingbournec947aae2012-05-20 23:28:41 +00006803 case llvm::Triple::nvptx:
6804 case llvm::Triple::nvptx64:
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00006805 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00006806
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00006807 case llvm::Triple::msp430:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00006808 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00006809
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00006810 case llvm::Triple::systemz:
6811 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
6812
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00006813 case llvm::Triple::tce:
6814 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new TCETargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
6815
Eli Friedman33465822011-07-08 23:31:17 +00006816 case llvm::Triple::x86: {
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00006817 bool IsDarwinVectorABI = Triple.isOSDarwin();
6818 bool IsSmallStructInRegABI =
6819 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(Triple, CodeGenOpts);
Saleem Abdulrasool377066a2014-03-27 22:50:18 +00006820 bool IsWin32FloatStructABI = Triple.isWindowsMSVCEnvironment();
Daniel Dunbar14ad22f2011-04-19 21:43:27 +00006821
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00006822 if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) {
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +00006823 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00006824 new WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00006825 IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI,
6826 IsWin32FloatStructABI,
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00006827 CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters));
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00006828 } else {
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00006829 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00006830 new X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
6831 IsDarwinVectorABI, IsSmallStructInRegABI,
6832 IsWin32FloatStructABI,
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00006833 CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00006834 }
Eli Friedman33465822011-07-08 23:31:17 +00006835 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00006836
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00006837 case llvm::Triple::x86_64: {
Alp Toker4925ba72014-06-07 23:30:42 +00006838 bool HasAVX = getTarget().getABI() == "avx";
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00006839
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00006840 switch (Triple.getOS()) {
6841 case llvm::Triple::Win32:
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00006842 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Eli Benderskyd7c92032012-12-04 18:38:10 +00006843 case llvm::Triple::NaCl:
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00006844 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new NaClX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
6845 HasAVX));
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00006846 default:
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00006847 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
6848 HasAVX));
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00006849 }
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00006850 }
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006851 case llvm::Triple::hexagon:
6852 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006853 case llvm::Triple::sparcv9:
6854 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006855 case llvm::Triple::xcore:
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00006856 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00006857 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00006858}